____________________________________
B E R S E R K E R P R E S E N T S: \
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THE
THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU TH
U THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU T
F E A R Y O U C A N ' T F O R G E T
.'`
.'.'
.'.'
.'.'
.,'.'
.'`\` .'
( .'
'. |
| |
____ _____ ____ _ ____ |__|__ _ _ _____ _____ __ __ _ _
| _ \ | ____|/ ___| | || _ \ | ____|| \ | ||_ _| | ____|\ \ / /| || |
| |_) || _| \___ \ | || | | || _|'.| \| | | | | _| \ \ / / | || |
| _ < | |___ ___) || || |_| || |___ | |\ | | | | |___ \ V / | || |___
|_| \_\|_____||____/ |_||____/.|_____||_|,\_| |_| |_____| \_/ |_||____/
`. \
PLAYSTATION 3 ) ,) XBOX 360
/ ,'
.' .'
,.` ,'
'. ,'
.' ,
`.,
`
JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
http://www.berserkersblog.blogspot.com
Started: March 13, 2009
Completely finished: May 22, 2009
Last update: October 9, 2009
- - -
Version: Haymaker
Update Type: Kick
- - -
Authored by: Berserker (Berserker_Kev [IGN])
Email: berserker_kev(at)yahoo(dot)com
- - -
This document Copyright 2009 Kevin Hall (Berserker)
Resident Evil 5 Copyright 2009 Capcom Ltd.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ
*******************************************************************************
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
-- Press Ctrl + F and type in the code listed beside each section for --
- quicker navigation through the guide -
--- ---
Section I: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IN00]
Section II: Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS00]
-- General Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS01]
-- Advanced Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS02]
-- Item Duplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS03]
Section III: Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WT00]
-- Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH11]
- Civilian Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH111]
- Back Alley 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH112]
- Back Alley 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH113]
- Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH114]
-- Chapter 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH12]
- Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH121]
- Urban District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH122]
- Abandoned Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH123]
- Furnace Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH124]
-- Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH21]
- Storage Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH211]
- The Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH212]
- The Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH213]
- Shanty Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH214]
- Train Yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH215]
-- Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH22]
- Train Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH221]
- The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH222]
- Mining Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH223]
-- Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH23]
- Savannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH231]
- The Port (Night) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH232]
-- Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH31]
- Marshlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH311]
- Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH312]
-- Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH32]
- Execution Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH321]
- Oil Field - Refinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH322]
- Oil Field - Control Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH323
- Oil Field - Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH324]
-- Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH33]
- Oil Field - Drilling Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH331]
- Patrol Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH332]
-- Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH41]
- Caves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH411]
- Ancient Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH412]
- Labyrinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH413]
-- Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH42]
- Worship Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH421]
- Pyramid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH422]
- Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH423]
-- Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH51]
- Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH511]
- Progenitor Virus House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH512]
- Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH513]
-- Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH52]
- Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH521]
- Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH522]
- Experimental Facility Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH523]
- Missile Area 1st Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH524]
- Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH525]
-- Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH53]
- Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH531]
- Missile Area 2nd Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH532]
- Moving Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH533]
- Monarch Room Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH534]
- Monarch Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH535]
-- Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH61]
- Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH611]
- Ship Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH612]
-- Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH62]
- Main Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH621]
- Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH622]
- Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH623]
-- Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH63]
- Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH631]
- Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH632]
- Engine Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH633]
- Hangar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH634]
- Volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH635]
Section IV: Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WE00]
Section V: Enemies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN00]
-- Majini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN01]
-- Mini Bosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN02]
-- Parasitic B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN03]
-- Other B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN04]
-- Animals/Beasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN05]
Section VI: Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI00]
-- BSAA Medal Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI01]
-- Treasure Checklist (by treasure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI02]
-- Treasure Checklist (by chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI03]
-- Hidden Weapon Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI04]
-- File Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI05]
-- Figure Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI06]
-- Achievement Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI07]
-- Main Game Unlockables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI08]
-- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI09]
-- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI10]
-- Store List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI11]
-- Bonus Features List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI12]
-- Chapter Ranking List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI13]
Section VII: Professional Mode Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM00]
-- Chapter 1
- Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM11]
- Chapter 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM12]
-- Chapter 2
- Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM21]
- Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM22]
- Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM23]
-- Chapter 3
- Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM31]
- Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM32]
- Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM33]
-- Chapter 4
- Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM41]
- Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM42]
-- Chapter 5
- Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM51]
- Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM52]
- Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM53]
-- Chapter 6
- Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM61]
- Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM62]
- Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM63]
Section VIII: S-rank Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [SR00]
Section IX: The Mercenaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [TM00]
-- Mercenary Basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MB00]
-- Leaderboards Top 10 Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LE00]
-- Mercenary Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00]
- Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST01]
- The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST02]
- Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST03]
- Ancient Ruins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST04]
- Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST05]
- Missile Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST06]
- Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST07]
- Prison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST08]
-- Mercenary Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS00]
- Chris (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS01]
- Chris (Safari) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS02]
- Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS03]
- Sheva (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS04]
- Sheva (Clubbin') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS05]
- Sheva (Tribal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS06]
- ???? (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS07]
- ???? (Battle Suit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS08]
- ?????? (Midnight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS09]
- ?????? (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS10]
Section X: Versus Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS00]
-- Slayers/Team Slayers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS01]
-- Survivors/Team Survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS02]
-- Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS03]
-- Survivors/Team Survivors Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS04]
-- Survivors/Team Survivors Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS05]
-- Versus Mode Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS06]
Section XI: Everything Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EE00]
-- Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CO00]
-- Special Thanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00]
-- Version History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VH00]
-- Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CI00]
-- About Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AM00]
-- Donations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DO00]
-- Cheat Happens Featured Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH00]
-- Resident Evil 5 Wallpapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WA00]
(NOTE: "?"'s are used in The Mercenaries table of contents to avoid spoilers in
the table of contents.)
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
[IN00]
===============================================================================
___ _ _ _ _
|_ _| _ __ | |_ _ __ ___ __| | _ _ ___ | |_ (_) ___ _ __
| | | '_ \ | __|| '__|/ _ \ / _` || | | | / __|| __|| | / _ \ | '_ \
| | | | | || |_ | | | (_) || (_| || |_| || (__ | |_ | || (_) || | | |
|___||_| |_| \__||_| \___/ \__,_| \__,_| \___| \__||_| \___/ |_| |_|
===============================================================================
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Welcome to my Resident Evil 5 Guide, fellow Resident Evil fan! - Berserker
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
L O N G T I M E N O S E E, C H R I S.
Chris Redfield now a member of the BSAA (Bioterrorism Security Assessment
Alliance) has been sent to Africa in order to investigate a reported
bioterrorist hotspot in the town of Kijuju. He drives his jeep along the dirt
road toward his destination and prepares to meet up with a BSAA agent from the
West African division. When Chris arrives, the agent introduces herself -
Sheva Alomar, his new...
P A R T N E R . . . ?
The familiar word echoes throughout Chris' mind as he recalls the tombstone
with the year November 23, 2006 etched into it. You see, his last partner was
a woman too - Jill Valentine. Both Jill and Chris survived the horrors of the
Spencer Estate in Raccoon City together - what later became known as "The
Mansion Incident". Jill is now proclaimed dead, but Chris believes she is
still alive. Despite that, casualties continue to the mount over the long
years he has struggled. More and more, he finds himself wondering...
I S I T A L L W O R T H F I G H T I N G F O R ?
Who knows? Maybe one day, he'll find out. Chris has got a job to do here
though, and he's going to see it through. Both Chris and Sheva gather their
belongings and enter the town of Kijuju. They are met with vacant and ominous
stares as they walk down the streets of the town. All they see is death on the
way to their location and then suddenly...
S I L E N C E.
A siren is heard in the distance and the town's inhabitants suddenly
disappear...? But where? The two meet up with their contact and he fills them
in on the situation and where exactly they should meet up with the rest of the
BSAA squad. The contact tells them of a lead that the BSAA has on a man named
"Irving". He also mentions something else... something about a doomsday
project codenamed "Uroboros". Chris and Sheva gather their gear and soon
depart further into the streets of Kijuju to meet up with their squad and find
Irving.
A N E W C H A P T E R I N T H E
R E S A G A B E G I N S.
--> WORDS FROM THE AUTHOR
We last met at the Spencer Estate, wasn't it? While aboard the Ecliptic
Express? During Jill Valentine's Last Escape from Raccoon City? Maybe during
the Fall of Umbrella? Or perhaps during the details of the most recent Kennedy
Report? Maybe you have read my work before through my Resident Evil 4: Wii
Edition guide or my Resident Evil: The Umbrella Chronicles guide. Maybe you
haven't. Either way, prepare for a few year's worth of anticipation for
Resident Evil 5 in written form.
How many times have you played the RE5 demo? I've had a fellow gamer ask me
that question over Xbox LIVE and after a long pause, the only answer I could
give him was somewhere over 100. It's actually much more than that, I assure
you. Has there been another demo that you've spent as much time on as Resident
Evil 5? My answer? Never. My obsession with the series has never been so
clear to me.
Like many other gamers, I consider myself a very hardcore Resident Evil fan.
I've been completely obsessed with the Resident Evil series all the way back
since the original game was released for PSX in 1996. Because of this love for
the series this guide will cover ever single solitary piece of information you
can think of and then some.
--> VERSION HAYMAKER (COMPLETE VERSION) FEATURES
This author had a voluntary job to do, and he saw it through!
Version Haymaker is the complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide. It
includes everything that I wanted to add and I'm hoping it hits my readers with
a force equal to a Redfield Haymaker punch to the face while looking through
it. Not that I want to shatter a reader's head with an overpowered punch, but
I want to make an impact on each and every one of you reading this.
In this complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide, you will find:
[x] An extremely in-depth basics sections highlighting basic gameplay and
several advanced techniques.
[x] A walkthrough of the main game that details every single piece of the main
game written by a very hardcore fan of the series with the hardcore
Resident Evil fan in mind.
[x] A list section with checklists of every single collectible item or anything
that can be put into a list.
[x] Detailed Weapons and Enemies sections.
[x] A Professional mode guide. This separate section is fully dedicated to
getting you through Professional mode.
[x] An S-rank guide. The S-rank section gives the reader tips for achieving an
S-rank on each chapter.
[x] A Mercenaries section that will help you to get the most of the mode.
Guaranteed.
[x] A Versus mode section for the extra downloadable content on the PlayStation
Store and Xbox LIVE marketplace.
--> UPDATES TO MY RESIDENT EVIL 5 GUIDE
I will always post all updates made to this guide at the following links below:
Version "Haymaker" (Complete) Version Update Post:
http://tinyurl.com/oson3u
Kick = Extremely minor update
Hook = Minor update
Straight Punch = Moderate update
Uppercut = Big update
Back Hand = Major update
Old Incomplete Version Update Post:
http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com/2009/04/resident-evil-5-guide.html
Feel free to post up any comments that you want in the post above. It will be
the main area that I'll use for any additions, ideas or just to randomly rant
and bitch about something.
.-----------------------------------------------------------------------------,
| THREE THINGS THAT I WOULD LIKE MY READERS TO KNOW |
| |
| (1) If you found this guide useful then email me with your thoughts. |
| Believe it or not, emails carry a quite a bit of meaning. |
| |
| (2) My Paypal donation email is berserker_kev@yahoo.com for those that want |
| to donate. Again, this is just to point out that I accept donations |
| There is a separate section for this topic at the bottom of the guide. |
| |
| (3) On GameFAQs, click the orange "recommend" link at the top of the guide |
| or on IGN add "berserker_kev" to your watched user list (WUL) if you |
| found this guide helpful. |
| |
| http://club.ign.com/b/about?username=berserker_kev&which=boards |
| |
| Thanks for your time and enjoy the guide, |
| |
| - Kevin (Berserker) |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
[BS00]
===============================================================================
____ _
| __ ) __ _ ___ (_) ___ ___
| _ \ / _` |/ __|| | / __|/ __|
| |_) || (_| |\__ \| || (__ \__ \
|____/ \__,_||___/|_| \___||___/
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL BASICS [BS01]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________
DEFAULT CONTROL SETUPS \_______________________________________________________
________________________ PlayStation 3 Control Setup __________________________
To save on a few emails, L3 = push in on the left thumbstick, R3 = push in on
the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right
thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad.
Type A Type B
[] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action
/\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory
O - Partner Action O - Partner Action
X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload
R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map
L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife
R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun
L3 - N/A L3 - N/A
R3 - N/A R3 - N/A
Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu
Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene
L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn
R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint
D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip
D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip
D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip
D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip
Type C Type D
[] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action
/\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory
O - Partner Action O - Partner Acton
X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload
R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map
L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife
R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun
L3 - Run L3 - Run
R3 - N/A R3 - N/A
Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu
Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene
L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe
R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn
D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip
D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip
D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip
D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip
* The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting
while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is
used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon.
-- Type A and C Combination Commands
Hold R1 then tap X = Reload
L thumbstick up + X = Run
L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn
Hold R1 + tap [] = Fire/Throw
Hold L1 + tap X = Slash with Knife
-- Type B and D Combination Commands
Hold L1 then tap X = Reload
L thumbstick up + X = Run
L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run
L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn
L thumbstick right or left = Strafe
Hold L1 + tap R1 = Fire/Throw
Hold L2 + tap R1 = Slash with Knife
-- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed)
L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run
Hold X then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character
Hold X then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning
___________________________ Xbox 360 Control Setup ____________________________
To save on a few emails, LS = push in on the left thumbstick, RS = push in on
the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right
thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad.
Type A Type B
X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action
Y - Inventory Y - Inventory
B - Partner Action B - Partner Action
A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload
RB - Display Map RB - Display Map
LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife
RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun
LS - N/A LS - N/A
RS - N/A RS - N/A
Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu
Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene
L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn
R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint
D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip
D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip
D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip
D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip
Type C Type D
X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action
Y - Inventory Y - Inventory
B - Partner Action B - Partner Acton
A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload
RB - Display Map RB - Display Map
LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife
RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun
LS - N/A LS - N/A
RS - N/A RS - N/A
Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu
Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene
L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe
R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn
D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip
D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip
D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip
D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip
* The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting
while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is
used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon.
-- Type A and C Combination Commands
Hold RT then tap A = Reload
L thumbstick up + A = Run
L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn
Hold RT + tap X = Fire/Throw
Hold LT + tap A = Slash with Knife
-- Type B and D Combination Commands
Hold LT then tap A = Reload
L thumbstick up + A = Run
LS + move L thumbstick up = Run
L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn
L thumbstick right or left = Strafe
Hold LT + tap RT = Fire/Throw
Hold LB + tap RT = Slash with Knife
-- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed)
LS + move L thumbstick up = Run
Hold A then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character
Hold A then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning
_____________________
SAVING YOUR PROGRESS \_________________________________________________________
Resident Evil 5 uses an auto-save feature. The game saves at certain
checkpoints during a chapter and it also saves at the end of each chapter. The
auto-save will always overwrite the current save.
** MAJOR WARNING ABOUT DATA CORRUPTION
Be sure to back up your save file for either console version onto some sort of
portable saving device. There is a common data corruption problem with
Resident Evil 5's save file that could corrupt your data.
For Xbox 360, use a memory card to save your data. For PS3 use a flash drive
to save your data - highlight the save file under your save games list then
press /\ and copy the data to a flash drive on the device list once it is
inserted. The PS3 save file used to be copy protected but the Version 1.03
update that was released around the beginning of June 2009 removes the copy
protection, allowing gamers to back up their Resident Evil 5 data to a flash
drive.
_________________________________
NETWORK SETTINGS AND ONLINE PLAY \_____________________________________________
After choosing your difficulty or character (after beating it once), you'll
come across the network settings where one can control various online
functions.
--> Co-Op Settings
Rogue = No other player can join in your game. The partner will always
be controlled by the AI only.
Invite Only = Only players that are invited can join.
No Limits = Anyone can join your game at any time, so long as you willingly
accept the player when that person joins.
--> Attack Reaction
This changes whether both characters can hit each other or not. The option is
"No" by default. By choosing "Yes", the players will be able to hit each
other, so if one character stands in the way while another character fires, the
bullets will hit the character that stands in front of the gunfire. A
character's melee attacks can hit the partner as well. Ever wanted to feel the
full force of Chris' Haymaker? Players cannot sustain damage from one another
under this option however.
Turning this on will also make it to where the AI partner will join in on
hitting an enemy after an arm stun melee. While an enemy staggers away after
an arm stun melee attack such as a Hook or Kick, the AI partner will usually
run up and perform a melee to the staggering enemy as well. The attack
reaction can really help out when fighting a Big Man Majini since he can be hit
from either side during a tag team melee sequence.
--> Infinite Ammo
The infinite ammo option allows the host player to choose whether or not
infinite ammo is allowed in the game or not. By choosing "Yes", players that
have unlocked the infinite ammo option per gun can use infinite ammo guns while
playing alongside the host. By choosing "No" no infinite ammo weapons are
allowed and are thereby locked out from use.
Infinite Ammo may be turned on under the Bonus Features section. Choose "Yes"
under Infinite Ammo once the option has been unlocked per weapon to use
infinite ammo for that gun. A player must fully upgrade a weapon to unlock
infinite ammo for it.
--> Xbox 360 Invite
After allowing a player to join a game by choosing "Invite Only" or "No
Limits", press the guide button on the Xbox 360 controller, choose "Friends"
and cycle to the friend that you want to invite. Select your friend then
select either the "Invite to Game" or "Invite to Party and Game" option to send
that player an invite.
--> Xbox 360 Accept Invite
Open the invite message then choose to join the game. Both players will be
taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game
by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other
player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover needs before the game
automatically starts.
--> PS3 Invite
After allowing a player to join a game by choosing the "Invite Only" or "No
Limits" open up the XMB by pressing the PS button then select a player on your
friends list and press the /\ button then choose to "Invite this Player".
--> PS3 Accept Invite
Someone must first invite you to a game of RE5, obviously. You will receive a
message displaying the following:
Subject: Resident Evil 5
Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in story mode with me?
Once you receive this message, highlight any friend on your friends list and
press /\ then select "Accept Invitation". From the screen that pops up, press
the X button then choose to "Join Game" when the invitation appears. Both
players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose
to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose
"Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover
inventory needs before the game automatically starts.
For Mercenaries mode invitations, the following message will be received:
Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5
Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in THE MERCENARIES mode with me?
For Versus mode invitations, the following message will be received:
Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5
Would you like to player RESIDENT EVIL 5 in VERSUS mode with me?
_______________________
JOINING AN ONLINE GAME \_______________________________________________________
--> Icons
The following icons will appear along with each session.
-> Connection
|| || ||
The above icon which consists of three bars displays the connection speed of
the session. If all bars are filled then the session should play normally
with minimal lag. If a bar is unfilled (starting from the right) then a
joining player will most likely experience some online lag in that session.
-> Attack Reaction
\/ /!\
/\ = Attack Reaction Off '---' = Attack Reaction On
The icons above showcase if Attack Reaction is off or on. The symbol
represented by the "white X" means that characters cannot hit each other and
the icon showcased with the "red ! inside the bloody /\" means that
characters can hit each other.
-> Flag
Each session will have a flag icon which represents the country that the
host resides in. It's usually best to pick a host from your own country for
a chance at a better connection speed. Joining a host's connection from a
different country will more often result in the joining player experiencing
online lag during the session.
-> Character
Whether it be the actual picture representation of a character through the
quick match or the listed name of the character through the custom search,
the character shown is the character that the host is currently using. The
joining player will play with the other character. Sheva can only be chosen
as a starting character by the host once the host has completed all
chapters.
--> Quick Match
The Quick Match option will take the player to a "Session Details" screen where
the online service will search for an online game session to join. The details
will looks as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Picture of stage
Character Name - Country Flag - Attack Reaction - Connection
Online ID
Difficulty Character Picture
Current Chapter
Current Area in Chapter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
From the above session, a gamer can use the following controls to manipulate
the session details screen.
Controls:
Left thumbstick left or right = Select different sessions
X (or A) = OK
O (or B) = Back
[] (or X) = Refresh
/\ (or Y) = Display Profile (Gamercard) of User
Use the left thumbstick or D-pad to cycle between the various available
sessions. Refreshing the sessions will bring up a new current list of
sessions. Back out of the Session Details by choosing the "Back" option.
Confirming a session through "OK" will attempt to join that session. The player
will not be able to join until the session reaches a certain point of the
current chapter (a checkpoint) or until that person. The Profile (Gamercard)
option will pull up the host's profile details.
NOTE: Whether or not infinite ammo is on is not displayed through the quick
match option. The infinite ammo option is only displayed through the "Custom
Match" search list.
--> Custom Match
The Custom Match option searches the available sessions and matches a player up
with some certain specified options. It allows a player to more easily pick
from the available sessions based on the following categories:
-> Difficulty
The Amateur, Normal, Veteran, or Professional mode difficulty can be chosen
from this category.
-> Chapter
Chapter segments of chapter 1-6 may be chosen from this category
-> Location Settings
Allows the player to choose from the "Home Location" in the country where
the player resides or give the option to specify none, meaning that the
player will be able to join in sessions with hosts from other countries.
-> Attack Reaction
Allows the player to turn the Attack Reaction option on or off.
-> Infinite Ammo
Allows the player to turn the Infinite Ammo feature on or off. Each player
must have the "Infinite Ammo" option set to "On" from the "Special Settings"
menu. A player must fully upgrade a weapon through the "Buy" menu in the
main inventory (Item Management) display in order to have infinite ammo
available for that weapon.
After performing a search, a list of available sessions based off the
preferences of the player will be showcased on the session list. Choose a
session then press the "OK" button to join the session.
NOTE: Unlike during the Quick Match, a joining player has no way to tell what
current area of the chapter (save point) that a host has passed.
___________________________________________
PLAYING WITH A LOCAL PLAYER (OFFLINE PLAY) \___________________________________
--> Joining the game
In order for a second player to join a game, the second player needs to press
the "Start" button on the second player controller during gameplay. The
players will be taken to the main inventory screen then both must select
"Ready" to start the game.
--> Split Screen
While playing with local play, the screen will be split into two sections. The
player of Chris (first player) will use the top screen while the player of
Sheva (second player) will use the bottom screen.
___________________
SKIPPING CUTSCENES \___________________________________________________________
In order to skip a cutscene, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button
during a cutscene. In a co-op game both players must press the button to skip a
cutscene. The "Skip" icon will appear on the screen for the player that hasn't
agreed yet, and that player must press the Select or Back button as well for
the cutscene to end; if not then the full cutscene will play for both players.
This can also be used to skip the beginning announcement in The Mercenaries
mode. Whenever Josh begins to speak, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360)
button to skip his dialogue and begin the round.
____________
THE MINIMAP \__________________________________________________________________
Command: Tap the Map button (R2/RB) to bring up the minimap.
The minimap (GPS) displays on the right hand side (Chris) or left hand side
(Sheva) of the screen and should always be pulled up when your character first
starts out in any of the stages. The map shows a full display of the current
surroundings and has a compass in the upper left corner that always points
north. This map can help you to identify destinations, key items and bosses,
but most importantly, it will display your partner's location while online.
The partner's icon will display the direction the partner is heading as
represented by the way that the partner's colored arrow is pointing.
The table below lists the map icons with the corresponding description as shown
on the map:
.------------------------------------------------------.
| Chris = Green Arrow |
| Sheva = Purple Arrow |
| Destination Pointer = Yellow Arrow |
| Destination Marker = Yellow Circle w/Yellow Arrow |
| Checkpoint = Flashing Yellow Circles |
| Locked Door = Light Blue Circle w/Key Symbol |
| Boss Enemy = Blue Triangle |
'------------------------------------------------------'
________
RUNNING \______________________________________________________________________
Command: Forward on left thumbstick + hold Run button
While holding down the Run button your character will run instead of moving
with the usual walking animation while your character moves forward.
___________
QUICK TURN \___________________________________________________________________
Command: Back on left thumbstick + Run button
Tap back on the Left thumbstick and the Run button at the same time to
instantly turn around. You must learn to use this method of turning during
intense battles or your character may get hit from turning too slow with the
thumbstick.
_____________
KNIFE ATTACK \_________________________________________________________________
Command: Hold the knife button then tap the Action button
Chris or Sheva will hold up the knife and slash. Chris' "knife" weapon is
actually a machete. You'll mainly want to use this close range weapon to bust
open breakable objects.
The knife is very useful for close combat while fighting a normal enemy as
well. Try to aim for the enemy's face or midsection of the body or legs and
this might stun the enemy to where your character can simply run up to the
enemy and initiate a melee attack through a button tap sequence. The knife
slash has a very wide range and will usually stagger a normal enemy and can
also stagger a group of enemies in front of your character.
________________
SPECIAL ACTIONS \______________________________________________________________
Command: Action button when a special action button prompt appears
When standing near a window or any type of object that can be leaped over or
while standing near a ledge that your character can jump from, an action
command button prompt will appear and allow your character to perform the
action as labeled on the screen by tapping the button on the screen.
______________
OPENING DOORS \________________________________________________________________
Command: Action button near a door/double tap the Action button near a door
Press the Action button to quietly open a door. Double tap the Action button
to kick open a door. A door that is kicked open can hit enemies and a door
that is kicked while badly damaged (two hits) will be destroyed. Keep in mind
that you can damage or destroy doors with knife slashes, explosions or gun
blasts.
TIP: A door kick animation will make your character invincible during the
kicking animation, a door opening animation does not grant invincibility. On
the flip side, a door kick will alert enemies to your presence immediately
while a door opening animation is quiet enough to keep your character from
being instantly spotted.
_________________
ACTION SEQUENCES \_____________________________________________________________
- Action Sequences
During specific cutscenes throughout the course of the game, players will have
to watch for sudden on-screen button prompt commands to display. When the
command appears press the required button, set of buttons or wiggle the left
analog in the direction shown in order to survive a sequence or avoid taking
damage during the sequence. These range from a single button tap, a rapid
button tap, two buttons pressed at once, a left thumbstick shake (from left to
right), and left thumbstick rotation.
In co-op mode, if both players fail to react to a specific sequence then both
players will suffer damage or defeat. Sometimes a certain player of a certain
character will be required to input a command while the other player watches.
The screen will display "Chris" or "Sheva" at that time depending on the
character performing the on-screen action.
- Button Prompt Dodging
During some normal enemy battles and boss battles, a player may be required to
input a specific on-screen button command to dodge or counter an on-coming
attack. The character will usually roll or dodge out of the way of the
incoming attack. A player must input the on-screen command very quickly or
suffer damage, or sometimes instant death.
TIP: In Normal or Veteran mode, when a single button command appears on the
screen during gameplay such as the Action or Run button, a player can press
both the Action and Run button at the same time to keep from missing the single
button tap. This will NOT work for Professional mode however. In Professional
mode, any wrong button press will automatically end the sequence in failure.
_________________
ITEMS/ITEM DROPS \_____________________________________________________________
Items are scattered throughout various sections of the environment and can be
found in breakable objects and collected in the form of item drops after
defeating an enemy. Items lying in the environment will always be the same
item for each playthrough while items obtained from breakable objects and enemy
drops are random.
To destroy a breakable object, it is usually best to equip the knife and slash
it in order to save ammo when destroying it to save ammo. In tense situations,
you may want to shoot the object with a handgun to keep from having to go
through the knife equipping and slashing animations.
Items that are found in breakable objects and items that are dropped by enemies
give off a certain colored glow or other appearance depending on the type of
item:
.--------------------------------------------------------------.
| Gold/Valuable Pickup = Blue |
| Health Pickup = Green |
| Ammo Pickup = Red |
| Key Item = Shimmers with white glow periodically |
'--------------------------------------------------------------'
Keep these item appearances in mind when in tense situations in order to
quickly distinguish between them. You don't really want to accidentally grab
gold when you're close to death and there is a health item glowing green up
ahead, do you?
TIP: Items that are dropped by enemies can sometimes mount up in a certain
area. To avoid picking up an unwanted item, move over the group of items until
the item you actually want to retrieve is displayed on the screen. The
character has to be standing directly above the item in order to retrieve a
certain item from a group of several items.
__________________
HAZARDOUS OBJECTS \____________________________________________________________
Just like with all Resident Evil games starting from Resident Evil 3: Nemesis
and onward, Resident Evil 5 has many hazardous objects that can be shot from a
distance in order to damage a group of enemies at once.
- Red Explosive Barrel (Drum) - These red metal barrels can be shot from a
distance to trigger a big explosion that will heavily damage any enemy that
is standing near it. Explosive barrels produce a much bigger explosion this
time around, so be sure to stand far enough away from them before shooting.
- Gas Tank - In a few areas of the game, red explosive gas tanks or gas
canister can be shot for an explosion much like a red explosive barrel.
Gas tanks can sometimes be turned over on their side during some boss fights.
- Oil Canisters - Oil canisters are red canisters that are always found in a
group. Shoot one of the oil canisters and the shot will pierce one of the
barrels and ignite the oil inside. The oil will make a path of fire in the
direction that it spews and burn any enemies that are in the way or happen to
step through it. The fire will eventually die down in a few seconds.
- Transformer - Transformers are electrical metal power boxes that are found
hanging from wooden poles in certain areas. Aim for any portion of them and
shoot them to make them fall and send out a blast of electricity all around
them that will damage and stagger any enemy that is near it. The electrical
shock will begin to die down and eventually stop.
A grounded transformer can be shot when it is inactive to send out another
blast of electricity once again and it can be shot while the electricity
field is weak to keep the small electrical charge going. Even the small
electrical charge can damage any close range enemy. Grounded transformers
can be constantly shot again for more explosive electrical blasts while they
are in the area.
TIP: When you enter an area and see a hanging transformer, if you plan on using
it, it is best to shoot it down early so you don't have to aim upwards during
the middle of an intense battle. Just watch for the electric current and make
sure that your partner is not in the way.
NOTE: Be sure to avoid shooting any of the above objects if your partner is
currently in the way of the object or that character will take damage. This is
so easy to do on accident while shooting a red explosive barrels since the
barrels have quite a blast radius. While playing the game in co-op you really
need to respect your partner and not diminish their faith in you by shooting a
red explosive barrel to take out a Majini mob that they are caught in the
middle of.
______________
MELEE ATTACKS \________________________________________________________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enemy Stance Through Gunfire
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Both Chris and Sheva can perform each of their own unique physical attacks by
hitting an enemy in a certain portion of the body with a gun (handgun, machine
gun, or rifle) or the knife to make the enemy perform a specific stun
animation. Run up to the enemy during that stun animation and press the Action
button when the button prompt command appears to perform the melee attack
command showcased on the screen. Below, we shall take a look at the variety of
stun animations that a Majini enemy can be forced into along with how to
achieve the animation.
----------------------
Majini Stun Animations
----------------------
(NOTE: Sometimes these stuns require two shots in the affected area, mainly
with the upper arm shots)
--> HEAD STUN
Shot in head from back or front
Stun animation(s):
.---------------------------------------------.
| Grab face and stumble backward |
| Grab face and stumble forward |
| Grab face and stumble slightly backwards |
| Grab face and look downward and to the side |
| Look downward and to the side |
'---------------------------------------------'
Comments: This stun comes in a variety of different animations. The staggering
stun is the longest yet other head stuns where the Majini remains still are
quite short.
This particular stun can be hard to realize sometimes thanks to the many
different animations associated with it. Not all of the head stun animations
involve the Majini staggering in a direction, so be sure to pay attention to
the way the Majini reacts and keep the list above in mind.
--> ARM STUN
Shot in upper arm from back or front
Stun animation(s):
.-----------------------------------------------------------------.
| Flinch to right and grab arm |
| Flinch to left and grab arm |
| Lean forward and grab right arm (shot in right arm from behind) |
| Lean forward and grab left arm (shot in left arm from behind) |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------'
Comments: This is one of the harder stuns to get since stronger Majini usually
take multiple shots in the upper arm in order for them to strike this pose.
This stun doesn't last that long, so react quickly with your melee attack
afterwards.
You have to basically aim for the bicep or elbow area. Shooting a Majini from
the front portion of the arm will make it flinch and shooting a Majini from the
back of the arm will make it lean forward. It's best to shoot the unequipped
arm since a shot toward an arm that is holding a weapon will usually only
stagger the Majini and make it drop its currently equipped weapon. Usually the
left arm is the best choice for the most part but there are certain weapon
wielders that are best shot in the right arm. For Majini with two-handed
weapons, shoot them in the left arm since the right arm is their main grasping
arm for the weapon.
--> LEG STUNS
a) Shot in upper leg from back or front:
Stun animation(s):
.------------------------------.
| Bend down and grab right leg |
| Bend down and grab left leg |
'------------------------------'
Comments: This stun last just about as long as a head staggering stun giving
your character plenty of time to hit the Majini.
b) Shot in lower leg from back or front:
Stun animation(s):
.---------------.
| Fall to knees |
'---------------'
Comments: A Majini will recover rather quick from a lower leg stun when
compared to an upper leg stun, so be sure to follow up with an attack quickly
after this one.
--> KNOCKDOWN STUN
Shot while running/Knocked down by melee attack from back or front
Stun animation(s):
.----------------.
| Fall to ground |
'----------------'
Comments: Hitting a Majini in just about any part of the body while they run
will usually make them fall. A Majini will usually stay grounded for quite a
while. Remember that if they don't dissolve then they are still alive.
--> STAGGER/BOUNCE FROM ARM STUN
Stagger/Bounce from back or front
Shot in upper arm + melee then bouncing melee attack from behind
Stun animation(s):
.-------------------------------------------------.
| Stagger backwards from an arm stun melee attack |
'-------------------------------------------------'
Detailed Example: Hit a Majini with either Chris' Hook or Kick attack from an
arm stun then have Sheva hit the stumbling Majini back with a Twist Kick or
Knee (in this case from behind). The character that starts this sequence on a
Majini will receive a special tag team melee command when the Majini bounces
back toward that character.
Always remember that the Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side, so
let's say if Chris performs a Kick from behind a Majini then Sheva must perform
a Twist Kick from the front to bounce it back toward Chris. If either Chris or
Sheva hit a Majini from the same side that was used to begin the melee sequence
then that character will perform their head stun melee attack (Straight or
Roundhouse), which will instantly end the sequence and bring about much woe for
the character that wanted the special command.
Comments: This stun lasts about as long as a lower leg stun (crouching
animation), but the enemy will begin the stun by staggering in a direction then
that Majini will stand in place while stunned for a few seconds, so be sure to
run quickly to get in your melee attack.
--> PARTNER ASSIST MELEE BOUNCE FROM PARTER ACTION COMMAND
Partner Assist Melee + melee from in front of or behind
Stun animation(s):
.-----------------------------------------------.
| Stagger backwards from a partner assist melee |
'-----------------------------------------------'
Detailed Example: If Chris saves Sheva from a Majini that has grabbed her
through Chris' partner assist melee attack (Top-down Punch) then Sheva can
quick turn and run behind the staggering Majini then knee it back toward Chris.
Chris can make use of the same sequence by quickly kicking a Majini back toward
Sheva after she has performed a roundhouse to knock one off of him. All of
this depends upon how much health the Majini currently has much like an arm
stun combination. A partner assist command that results from a Bui kichwa or
Kipepeo grab will stagger any Majini that get in the way as well.
Comments: This stun is best performed on a full health Majini and one that is
stronger than some of the weak Majini found in the early stages. A Majini will
not always stagger from a partner assist melee because these are more damaging
than a simple arm stun, but if your character is the one being saved and you
see the Majini stagger backward, quickly try to make use of the situation by
running behind it and meleeing it back toward your partner. The camera is the
main aspect that can mess up this sequence for the character being saved since
the Majini will stagger behind that character.
Just like with a normal bounce, a Majini must be bounced back from the opposite
side that it was hit from or your character will only perform a head stun melee
attack. You can think of the partner assist melee as an alternate arm stun
melee.
--> GROUND MELEE BOUNCE
Ground Melee on fallen Majini (while another is to the side) + melee from in
front of or behind the staggering standing Majini
Stun animation(s):
.---------------------------------------.
| Stagger backwards from a ground stomp |
'---------------------------------------'
Detailed Example: If Chris perform his melee Stomp on a Majini and another
(standing) Majini happens to be right next to Chris' foot during the Stomp, the
standing Majini will stagger backward from the hit much like being hit with an
arm stun melee. A Sheva player could run up to the staggering Majini at that
time and bounce it back toward Chris with a melee from behind or hit the Majini
with a head stun melee from the front portion.
Comments: This type of stun is very rare and hard to plan out. It basically
depends on the aggressiveness and overall placement of a Majini. The Majini
that the bounce is performed to has to be right next to the character that
performs the ground melee when the actual hit is delivered in order to get
bounced back by the ground melee attack. In this case, the ground melee would
hit the Majini much like an arm stun and the partner will be free to interact
with the staggering Majini by hitting it with a physical attack just like after
an arm stun.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chris Melee Attack List
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Input Command: Acton button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as
listed)
Majini shot in head (Chris in front or behind) = Straight Punch
Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Hook
Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Chris behind) = Kick
Majini shot in leg = Uppercut
Majini shot in leg (Chris behind) = Neck Break
Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Haymaker
Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Chris behind) = Back Hand
Majini grounded = Stomp
Majini grounded (Chris faces head) = Stomp (head crush)
.-------------------------------------------------------------------.
| Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance |
| Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's |
| Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack |
| will shatter an enemy's head |
| Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives |
'-------------------------------------------------------------------'
NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses.
TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot
the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one
side and in close range and the command will appear when your
character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be
able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks.
TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the
enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again.
---------------------------
Chris' Normal Melee Attacks
---------------------------
- Straight
Effect: Knockdown
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 400
Chris leans back and steps in with a heavy straight punch to his foe's face.
- Hook
Effect: Stagger/Bounce
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 300
Chris steps forward and delivers a side punch to the enemy's top half.
- Kick
Effect: Stagger/Bounce
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 300
Chris steps forward with a punt kick to his foe's back.
- Uppercut
Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description)
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 400
Chris ducks down and performs an uppercut to his opponent's jaw. If Chris
performs this attack against a staggering enemy while another enemy is on the
ground near the staggering enemy then Chris will uppercut the grounded enemy
into the air as well.
- Neck Breaker
Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description)
Type: Single Enemy
Head Shatter: N/A
Damage: Kill
Chris grabs an enemy's head from behind then twists his foe's head to break his
victim's neck. If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they
will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Chris or the victim.
This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn
from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
- Stomp
Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head)
Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close)
Head Shatter: None/100 chance (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head)
Damage: 600
Chris holds up his leg then plants his size 13 Skecher shoe down on his
opponent's face. If Chris is facing the foe's head while the foe is grounded,
Chris will crush the head of the enemy.
-----------------------------------
Chris' Partner Assist Melee Attacks
-----------------------------------
NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Sheva as she is being held in place by
an enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee
attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up
and perform an additional melee attack.
- Top-down Punch (when a Majini grabs Sheva)
Effect: Knockdown/Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 500
Chris faces Sheva while a Majini assaults her then steps in with a heavy
overhead punch that knocks away the enemy.
- Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Sheva)
Effect: Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 500
Chris faces Sheva while a Kipepeo assaults her then quickly slashes the
parasite off her with his knife.
- Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Sheva)
Effect: Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 500
Chris faces Sheva while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around her then quickly slashes
the parasite off her with his knife.
-----------------------------
Chris' Tag Team Melee Attacks
-----------------------------
- Haymaker
Effect: Instant Kill
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 100% chance
Damage: 3,000
Chris steps forward while gritting his teeth and delivers a head shattering
straight punch to the enemy's head.
NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Hook" to a
Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Knee" then
Chris will get the "Haymaker" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him.
The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's front side exposed. Keep
in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but
Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing him. You can
change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In
this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic
enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing
melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind
the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner
assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
- Back Hand
Effect: Instant Kill
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 100% chance
Damage: 3,000
Chris turns his back and readies both his arms while stepping forward then
performs an extremely heavy backhand to the back of his victim's head.
NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Kick" to a
Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Twist Kick"
then Chris will get the "Back Hand" action command as the enemy stumbles toward
him. The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's backside exposed.
Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but
Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from him.
You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering
Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel
any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or
Duvalias.
NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing
melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind
the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner
assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sheva Melee Attack List
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Input Command: Action button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as
listed)
Majini shot in head (Sheva in front or behind) = Roundhouse
Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Twist Kick
Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Sheva behind) = Knee
Majini shot in leg = Somersault
Majini shot in leg (Sheva behind) = Throat Slit
Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Skull Crusher
Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Sheva behind) = Spinning Back Kick
Majini grounded = Impale
Majini grounded (Sheva faces head) = Impale(head crush)
.-------------------------------------------------------------------.
| Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance |
| Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's |
| Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack |
| will shatter an enemy's head |
| Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives |
'-------------------------------------------------------------------'
NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses.
TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot
the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one
side and in close range and the command will appear when your
character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be
able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks.
TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the
enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again.
----------------------------
Sheva's Normal Melee Attacks
----------------------------
- Roundhouse
Effect: Knockdown
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 350
Sheva hops into the air and lets loose a mid-air roundhouse kick to her foe.
- Twist Kick
Effect: Stagger/Bounce
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 250
Sheva spins in place and delivers a straight kick that knocks back her
opponent.
- Knee
Effect: Stagger/Bounce
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 250
Sheva hops into the air then hits her opponent in the back with a jumping knee
attack.
- Somersault
Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 350
Sheva performs a somersault and kicks the enemy with both of her feet as she
flips. Much like Chris' uppercut, Sheva's somersault kick can hit a grounded
foe that is right next to the enemy that she is performing the melee against.
- Throat Slit
Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description)
Type: Single Enemy
Head Shatter: N/A
Damage: Kill
Sheva holds her foe's neck from behind then uses her knife to slice the enemy's
throat with her other hand. If other enemies are in the way of this animation
then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Sheva or
the victim. This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic
enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
- Impale
Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head)
Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close)
Head Shatter: None/100% chance (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head)
Damage: 800
Sheva stands above her foe then takes out her knife and plunges the knife into
whatever part of her foe's body she is currently facing. She gets up after the
stab and swipes the knife to the side to wipe it clean of blood.
------------------------------------
Sheva's Partner Assist Melee Attacks
------------------------------------
NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Chris as he is being held in place by an
enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee
attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up
and perform an additional melee attack.
- Pivot Kick (when a Majini grabs Chris)
Effect: Knockdown/Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 450
Sheva faces Chris while a Majini assaults him then steps in with a roundhouse
that sweeps across the area near Chris and knocks away the enemy.
- Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Chris)
Effect: Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 500
Sheva faces Chris while a Kipepeo enemy assaults him then quickly slashes the
parasite off him with her knife.
- Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Chris)
Effect: Stagger
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
Damage: 500
Sheva faces Chris while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around him then quickly slashes
the parasite off of him with her knife.
------------------------------
Sheva's Tag Team Melee Attacks
------------------------------
- Skull Crusher
Effect: Instant Kill
Type: Single Enemies
Head Shatter: 100% chance
Damage: 3,000
Sheva jumps into the air and plants both of her legs around her victim's head
then performs a flip while still attached that plunges the enemy into the
ground head first.
NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Twist Kick" to a
Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Kick" then
Sheva will get the "Skull Crusher" action command as the enemy stumbles toward
her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's front side exposed.
Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but
Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing her. You can
change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In
this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic
enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing
melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind
the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner
assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
- Spinning Back Kick
Effect: Instant Kill
Type: Multiple Enemies
Head Shatter: 100% chance
Damage: 3,000
As her victim stumbles toward her, Sheva hops into the air a bit and spins then
performs a heavy jump kick to the enemy's head.
NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Knee" to a
Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Hook" then
Sheva will get the "Spinning Back Kick" action command as the enemy stumbles
toward her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's backside
exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing
attacks.
The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but
Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from her.
You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering
Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel
any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or
Duvalias.
NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing
melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind
the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner
assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
___________________
DISARMING AN ENEMY \___________________________________________________________
Aim at the arm and/or the hand that an enemy is using to hold a weapon and
shoot the arm or hand to make the enemy drop the weapon. For two-handed
weapons, you'll have to hit the main arm that the enemy grapples the weapon
with - pay attention to the arm that the enemy continues to hold the weapon
with after a swing and shoot that arm. The enemy will usually take one arm off
the weapon eventually showcasing their main gripping arm (the one still holding
the weapon).
Enemies can also be disarmed through melee attacks and also from knocking them
down. Sometimes knocking an enemy down will not disarm the enemy however.
If an enemy is holding a glass bottle, your character can actually shoot the
glass bottle to break it. The bottle can be completely shattered with two
shots. You can simply make the enemy drop the bottle by shooting its arm, but
what fun would that be? Enemies with a glass bottle will break the glass
bottle by hitting your character also.
___________________
CRITICAL HEADSHOTS \___________________________________________________________
Shooting an enemy directly in the head with any weapon will sometimes
automatically make the enemy's head explode regardless of how much damage the
enemy has sustained. This technique is known as a "Critical Headshot". AI
Sheva will comment on Chris' outstanding shot if you manage to perform this
while she is nearby and you can comment on this when another player does this
by tapping the Assist button seconds after the player performs a critical
headshot.
NOTE: A headless enemy still has the potential to attack your character. For
instance, if an enemy is beginning an overhead swing with a pipe and its head
is popped then that pipe swing can still hit your character.
______________________
PARTNER COMMUNICATION \________________________________________________________
--> What's so effective about communicating with your partner?
Well, in a single player game it becomes a necessity if you want to receive
help from your partner. For instance, while your character is held in place
with a grab, an AI partner will sometimes not knock off the attacking enemy
until your character issues the command for help by tapping the Assist button;
at that time your AI partner will instantly knock off the enemy.
In a co-op game, your partner is not always going to use voice chat; some will
not have a mic, some might prefer not to use one, and some might not speak
English, so communicating via button commands becomes much more important.
There are a few other communication methods that can be used besides the
standard B button press as well such as pointing with the laser point on your
gun.
--> The Partner Assist Button (O or B)
The partner assist button will normally call your partner toward your
controlled character when the button is pressed. Here is the list of commands
that can be issued.
(NOTE: In Single Player mode, only the Cover and Attack commands may be issued)
.--------------------------------------------------------------.
| Actions Performed With Assist | Type of Assist |
| Button | |
|==============================================================|
| Tap | Cover |
| Hold and up on the D-pad | Attack |
| Hold and left on the D-pad | Thank |
| Hold and right on the D-pad | Come Here |
| Press RS and LS or L3 and R3 at | * Extra animation (taunt) |
| the same time | |
| Tap B or O after certain | ** Additional Response |
| animations | |
'--------------------------------------------------------------'
* This particular animation will not affect the AI partner. Most gamers see it
as a taunt animation. Performing it will sometimes make an enemy target your
character if it is attacking a partner.
** Certain animations include the following:
Tap (or tap and hold) the Assist button during these specific animations to
have your character respond:
- when an enemy has grabbed your character
- while your character is in dying status
- while your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to
perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area)
- when your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY
INVENTORY WEAPON)
- partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner
handgun, magnum or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical
headshot)
- partner gives your character an item
- partner heals your character
- partner resuscitates your character
- partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
- partner is in dying status
- partner performs a request
- partner performs an action command
- partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump
pose
- partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy
hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main
character)
- partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a
Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON
BOSSES]
- partner melee attacks an enemy with a special co-op melee attack
- partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a
partner assist melee attack.
----------
Cover/Call
----------
Command: Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad down (single player)
Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad right (co-op)
Your character waves his/her hand and motions for the partner to come toward
the character or step away from a current position. In both modes, the
character will shout "Come on". In co-op mode, the command is changed to
"Call" instead of "Cover".
--> Single Player:
While in Cover mode, your AI partner will always keep up with your main
character. The AI partner will be ready to heal your character, give that
character ammo, and knock off any enemies that grab your character (if you tap
the assist button) most of the time. The AI partner will not venture off to
itself and will usually only pick up items that are near your character.
--> Co-op
Use the Call command to get your partner's attention when you need the
character to move toward your character in order to pick up an item or simply
to join up with your character. This is a good command to use when you want to
give your partner an item or heal your partner. You can also use this if you
want your partner to follow your character to a certain location. Simply take
the lead and stop every now and then to issue the command.
---------------
Attack/Send Out
---------------
Command: Hold Assist then D-pad up
Your character shouts "Go!" then waves his/her hand forward to tell the partner
to move out. In co-op mode the command is changed to "Send Out" instead of
"Attack" but the command input stays the same.
--> Single player
The AI partner will scout ahead just a bit when this Attack command is issued.
The AI partner will separate from your character and fight the surrounding
enemies itself when a battle takes place. This can be a dangerous mode to have
the AI partner in since the character will not be near your character for
support unless the AI partner is called back with the assist button. The AI
partner is more likely to pick up items in the surrounding area while in this
mode, so be ready to request the items from the AI partner if that character
picks up something that you would like.
--> Co-op
Your character will shout out "Go!" normally which should let your partner know
to advance further. Use this when you want your partner to move on ahead or
move to another are. Simply face one way then perform this command over and
over.
This is perfect when you want to use your partner as bait to lead a certain foe
away from your character while attempting to shoot an enemy. It's most useful
against mid-boss type enemies, especially the Chainsaw Majini.
-----
Thank
-----
Command: Hold Assist then D-pad left.
Your character will nod and say "Thanks" to your partner.
--> Single Player
This action is not available in single player mode.
--> Co-op
It never hurts to thank your partner whenever your partner gives your character
some ammo, an item or heals your character. You could also be a sarcastic
bastard and tell your partner thanks after he/she sets off a trap that your
character gets caught in... Thank you for setting off that explosion right when
the nearby Majini grabbed my character. You sure showed him!
----
Halt
----
Your character shouts out "Wait" and holds up his/her arm then makes a fist for
the partner to hold the current position.
Command: Hold Assist then D-pad down
--> Single Player
This action is not available in single player mode.
--> Co-op
This is good to use when you need to catch up to the other player in order to
give that character ammo or heal that character or maybe you want to throw a
grenade up ahead to finish off a group of enemies instead of having your
partner charge in. You could also use this to possibly make your partner
cancel an action button prompt command such as a Partner Assist Jump. "No, I
don't want to jump up there."
--------------------------------------
Pointing with your Gun's Laser Pointer
--------------------------------------
While playing online without voice chat, simply have a gun equipped and aim
with it then point at an object that you want to show your partner. This is an
excellent way to point your partner toward ammo that you want your partner to
pick up or you might want to point out some hidden BSAA emblem or other object
to your partner.
On the flip side, if you ever see your partner standing in place and pointing
at an object with the gun's laser pointer, then have a look at what that
character is pointing at; you might be surprised.
---------------------------
Character Partner Responses
---------------------------
Command: Assist button during the actions listed below
NOTE: Comments that respond to commands, certain actions or an item given by
the partner must be initiated up to 3 seconds after the partner action is
performed or your character will simply toss out a normal command that will
look out of place.
.------------------- MAJOR TIP FOR PERFORMING A RESPONSE ---------------------.
| In order to keep your character from accidentally saying "Come on" press |
| and hold the assist button for about two seconds when you want your |
| character to respond. This is best done when you're unsure if you're |
| character will respond to a command or not, especially in the case of a |
| partner's critical headshot. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> When an enemy has grabbed your character
Chris: "Help!"
"Help me out here!"
Sheva: "I need your help!"
"Help me!"
--> While your character is in dying status
Chris: "Heeeelp me!"
"I'm not gonna' make it!"
Sheva: "I need heeeelp!"
"Help!"
--> While your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to
perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area)
Chris: "Sheva!"
"Come on!"
"Hurry!"
Sheva: "Chris!"
"Come on!"
"Hurry up!"
--> When your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY
INVENTORY WEAPON).
Chris: "I need ammo"
Sheva: "I need ammo"
--> While reloading (SINGLE PLAYER ONLY - AI partner performs this randomly)
Chris: "Reload!"
Sheva: "Reload!"
--> Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner
handgun, magnum or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical
headshot)
Chris: "Great shot!"
"Good work!"
"Nice work!"
Sheva: "Nice shot!"
"Good work!"
"Nice work!"
NOTE: In order to get a critical headshot, the partner must shatter the head of
the enemy instantly through gunfire. Critical headshots are random and they
look just like a normal head pop. You can get critical headshots with the
rifle even though it is a guaranteed headshot when aimed at the head. Most of
the time, a head explosion from a handgun is a critical headshot. You can only
respond to handgun or rifle critical headshots.
If you've ever unsure about a critical headshot either press and hold the
assist button or press down on the aiming button and the Assist button at the
exact same time to avoid saying "Come on". You can also try to enter any other
animation such as a reload, item pickup, gunshot, quick turn, or taunt when
your partner shatters a head then quickly press the Assist button. If your
character doesn't respond during any of those methods then it wasn't a critical
headshot and you won't accidentally issue a "Come On" action from out of
nowhere - accidentally saying "Come on" for no reason sort of shatters your
cool streak.
--> Partner gives your character an item
--> Partner heals your character
--> Partner resuscitates your character
--> Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
Chris: "Thanks for the help."
"Much appreciated."
"Thanks."
Sheva: "Thanks partner."
"I owe you one."
"Thanks."
--> Partner is in dying status
Chris: "I'm coming!"
"Hold on!"
Sheva: "I'm coming!"
"Hold on!"
--> Partner performs a request
--> Partner performs an action command
--> Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump
pose
Chris: "Roger"
"Ok."
Sheva: "Roger."
"Ok."
--> Partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy
hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main
character)
Chris: "I can't right now."
"Out of the question!"
"I'd rather not."
Sheva: "I can't right now!"
"Forget it!"
"You can't be serious!?"
--> Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a
Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON
BOSSES]
--> Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
--> Partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a
partner assist melee attack.
Chris: "That'll work!"
"Good job!"
"Nice!"
Sheva: "Nice teamwork!"
"That's good!"
"Excellent!"
"Chobenbeznaz!"
NOTE: While performing a tag team melee attack sequence, the person that
actually gets the chance to perform the tag team melee attack can quickly press
the Assist button to respond as the Majini staggers toward that character from
second melee attack in the sequence. Once the tag team melee attack is
performed then the partner that isn't performing the special melee command can
respond.
So basically when Chris knocks a Majini toward Sheva with a Hook then Chris can
respond right after Sheva's Knee melee attack. Once Chris performs the
Haymaker in that sequence, Sheva can respond to his tag team melee attack.
After a partner assist melee attack has been performed (during a Majini grab)
the partner that performed the partner assist melee attack can respond if the
partner attacks the bounced Majini with a normal melee attack - much like the
tag team attack bouncing response.
--> Single Player
The response for when an enemy has grabbed your character is very important to
use in a single player game. If the order is not issued, then your AI partner
will sometimes simply ignore your main character as the enemy continues the
hold most of the time. Using the assist button to call your AI partner toward
your main character during dying status is extremely useful as well.
Other than that single command, there is really no need to yell out a comment
during a single player game, but it does look kind of cool. It's as if AI
controlled Sheva and my player controlled Chris Redfield are more in-tune with
each other. We're partners now, my dear AI Sheva, till the end... now stop
taking my ammo and get your ass out of my way while I'm aiming.
--> Co-op
Even in co-op play, there is not too much use for comments outside of asking
for help when grabbed or in dying status. You've mainly got to rely on your
partner's knowledge of the game and skill - with these values in place, you
shouldn't have to ask for help that much at all. The comment commands can be
used to build up the confidence of your partner or just simply to show off your
knowledge (uber skillz) of the game.
----------------------------------------
Ordering Your Partner to Pick up an Item
----------------------------------------
(Single Player mode only)
Command: Assist button while standing over an item pickup (with Sheva nearby)
Phrases:
Chris: "Take it."
"You grab it."
Sheva: "You can have it."
"You take that."
The "Partner picks up" action command will appear while standing over an item
in single player mode while Sheva is nearby. This action tells your partner to
grab the item that your character is standing near. This can only be done in
single player mode and not co-op play.
NOTE: To unlock Sheva as a playable main character, all chapters must be
completed one time on any difficulty.
------------------------------------------------
Ordering Your Partner to Interact With an Object
------------------------------------------------
(Single Player mode only)
Command: Assist button while standing near an object that can be interacted
with
Phrases:
Chris: "Sheva!"
Sheva: "Chris!"
The "Command Partner" action command will appear while standing near an object
that your partner can interact with such as a bookcase that can be pushed in
front of a door or window. This is very useful for tense situations such as
barricading the building in the Public Assembly since Chris can order Sheva to
push a bookcase while he pushes the other. Like the action above, this can
only be done in single player mode and not co-op play.
_______________
THE PARTNER AI \_______________________________________________________________
(Single Player mode only)
The AI partner (Sheva in this case) has two possible modes of attack that it
can be set to:
--> Cover
* Equips least damaging weapon
* Stays near/follows Chris
* Attacks less often
* Automatically calls Sheva toward Chris (stops what she'd doing to join)
Cover mode detailed features:
While in cover mode, Sheva will always keep up with Chris. This is really the
best mode to keep her in most of the time.
- She will be ready to heal Chris most of the time if he is near death while
she has a green herb.
- She will quickly resuscitate Chris from dying status.
- She will almost instantly respond to a partner action command if a Chris
player presses the assist button while being grappled. If the assist button
is not pressed she will usually stand and watch and VERY RARELY perform a
partner assist melee attack to help Chris.
- She will target a distance enemy that Chris aims at. Say, you see an enemy
on a watch tower and aim at it with a rifle; Sheva will catch sight of it and
fire on it as well. This has its advantages and disadvantages and you might
imagine. She will sometimes blow your cover.
- Attack any type of enemy with a melee attack that causes it to stagger/bounce
then quickly run behind the enemy and Sheva will follow up with a melee
attack of her own while following. It IS POSSIBLE to trick her into helping
with a co-op melee attack sequence! It is also possible to make her perform
one by quickly running behind a staggering enemy that she has hit in order to
bounce the enemy back toward her.
--> Attack
* Equips her most damaging weapon
* Usually separates from Chris to take her own route
* Attacks more often
* Automatically sends Sheva out for attack (she will move ahead)
Attack mode features:
While in attack mode, Sheva will usually separate from Chris. The most
important tip I can give you for this mode is to have the mini-map open the
WATCH THE PURPLE ARROW CLOSELY. Sheva can be reckless during this mode, so
it's best to have an idea of her location.
- Sheva will move about and collect items in the area.
- Sheva will separate far away from Chris at times.
- Sheva will attack more aggressively.
Overall detailed features for both modes:
- Sheva will melee attack an enemy that SHE has stunned and she will melee
attack any enemy that has been bounced toward her.
- Sheva will quickly give up any weapon or item that can be requested from her.
--> Tricking the AI into performing a follow-up a melee attack
So, let's say that your character just performed an arm stun melee (Hook, Kick,
etc). You can get your AI partner (Sheva in this case) to perform a follow-up
melee attack in two ways:
1) Face the Majini that has been melee attacked then issue the "Go" (Attack)
command. Sheva will instantly run toward that Majini if she is not
preoccupied and she will perform a follow-up melee attack upon making
contact with the Majini.
2) While Sheva is under the "Come On" (Cover) command, run by the Majini that
you have just melee attacked and Sheva will follow behind your character
then hit the Majini with a melee attack along the way. This is most
effective against boss type enemies that you want to double team such as the
Executioner or a Chainsaw Majini.
--> Equipping Your AI Partner
It's really best to equip your AI partner with two weapons so you can easily
order your partner to switch between the weapons during a battle. For
instance, let's look at the setup below:
AI Partner Inventory
.-----------------------------------.
| | | |
| | | |
| Handgun | | Rifle |
| Ammo (50) | | Ammo (30) |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| M92F | | S75 |
| (HG) | | (RIF) |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------'
In the setup above, we see that the AI partner has both the M92F handgun and
the S75 rifle in the partner's inventory. By issuing the "Cover" (Come on)
command, the AI partner will equip the M92F handgun. The partner will usually
only attack to defend itself or the main player. It will sometimes switch over
to the S75 rifle during a battle, but it won't do this much. Once the partner
is out of handgun ammo then it will switch over to the S75 rifle however.
After issuing the "Attack" (Go) command, the AI partner will equip the S75
rifle immediately and will attack more aggressively. It will only switch back
to the handgun if all rifle ammo is consumed.
TIP: The S75 rifle is one of the most perfect weapons to give to the AI partner
since its rate of fire will restrict the partner from spamming constant
bullets, the power is rather high for a rifle and the AI partner is really good
at precision aiming.
Also, just in general, it's a good idea to keep the partner with a rifle. The
partner can carry a rifle that your character can request for usage when
needed. The rifle is needed throughout the game at key points, but it's not
the best weapon for an intense up-close battle, so give a rifle to your AI
partner to help save on your own inventory space and request it when needed.
_________
TAUNTING \_____________________________________________________________________
Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick at the same time
(R3 + L3/RS + LS)
Phrases:
Chris: (leans forward and motions with left hand) "Come on! Come on!"
Sheva: (leans forward and whistles)
Chris and Sheva have their own unique taunts that can affect enemy behavior.
When a taunt is used on an enemy that is focused on attacking another player,
the enemy will sometimes turn and focus its attention on the taunting player.
This is useful for luring an enemy out of a certain area and especially useful
for setting up a co-op melee attack.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Another way to perform a taunt is to push in on the right thumbstick and |
| hold it down then push in on the left thumbstick. This will keep a player |
| from having to press both thumbsticks down at the same time. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
__________
RELOADING \____________________________________________________________________
Command: With a gun equipped, hold the Aiming button to aim then tap the
Run button to reload your currently equipped gun.
So long as you have ammo, your character will reload the current weapon. The
reload animation can be cancelled early by performing a melee attack during the
animation. See the Advanced Techniques section further below.
NOTE: You can also reload through your inventory. Choose the appropriate ammo
for a gun in your arsenal then choose to combine the ammo with the gun. You
can also press the action button while highlighting the ammo in the inventory
then move it over the gun and press the action button again for quick combine
instead of cycling through the menu options. You can actually pull up the
inventory and quickly reload during many character animations such as a melee
attack. See the Advanced Techniques section for more details on this.
_______________________
MOVING INVENTORY ITEMS \_______________________________________________________
When the inventory menu is open, highlight any item then press the Action
button to select it. Once selected, move the item to an empty slot and press
the Action button again to drop the item into the slot. This is very useful
for placing items onto fast equip slots.
___________________
DISCARDING AN ITEM \___________________________________________________________
In the inventory menu, highlight an item then press the Run button to pull the
command menu and select "Discard". Once an item is discarded, it will be
permanently deleted from your inventory menu, so be careful what you discard.
Any item including weapons can be discarded.
________________
COMBINING ITEMS \______________________________________________________________
Choose an item from the inventory menu then press the action button over the
item and move it over another item then press the action button again to
combine the two. A player can also select an item with the run button and then
use the "Combine" command to combine it with another item after highlighting
another. The green herb and red herb may be combined for a full healing spray
or two green herbs can be combined for a moderate healing spray.
It is also possible to combine ammo with guns like in the classic RE titles.
Select the ammo then combine it with the proper weapon to reload it via the
inventory. Remember that you have select the AMMO first and not the gun.
Selecting the gun first will only rearrange the placement of the gun and ammo,
while selecting the ammo first will combine the two for a reload if the gun
needs reloading. If the gun doesn't need reloading then the items will swap
slots.
___________
FAST EQUIP \___________________________________________________________________
Command: D-pad Up, Right, Down and Left
Upon opening your inventory, notice that the top center, bottom center, right
center and left center inventory slots all have arrows on them. The arrows
represent the D-pad direction that you can push to equip the item in that slot.
You can place weapons, items or ammo in the slots then press the corresponding
D-pad direction during gameplay to quickly equip that item. You'll more than
likely want to place guns in these slots, but you can also place grenades or
other items in these slots to help out as well.
_______________________________
DISPLAYING PARTNER'S INVENTORY \_______________________________________________
Command: Map button while your inventory is displayed
While displaying your character's inventory, press the Map button to display
your partner's inventory. From this menu, you can request items from your
partner by highlighting them and selecting the "Request" option. To hide your
partner's inventory once it is displayed, press the Map button again.
_____________
GIVING ITEMS \_________________________________________________________________
--> By opening the menu
An item can be given to your partner by opening up the inventory menu and
highlighting the item. Select the item and press the Run button to bring up a
menu then select "Give" and press the confirm button. A partner must be near
your character in order for the command to be successful. The "Give" command
will not be highlighted if your partner is not close enough.
--> By equipping an item
Open up the inventory menu and equip an item such as ammo, a green herb, or a
grenade. Run up to your partner while they are nearby and the "Give" command
will appear in a button prompt (Assist button). Press the Assist button that
is displayed next to the Give command and your character will hand over the
item to your partner. The only items that cannot be given to your partner
through this method is a gun weapon - you'll have to use the alternative method
listed above for giving a weapon. This method is really more useful during a
co-op game since your partner might not always stand near your character as you
open your inventory menu.
NOTE: You can give and receive gun weapons from you partner during the actually
gameplay in single player mode. For online co-op play, players cannot exchange
gun weapons during gameplay.
--> Giving Ammo
Whenever ammo is given to your partner, the amount of ammo handed over depends
upon the type of ammo. There is no way to switch the amount given to a greater
or lesser number. Here is a table that illustrates the amount of ammo given
per give command.
.------------------------.
| Shotgun Shells = 10 |
| Rifle Ammo = 10 |
| Handgun Ammo = 30 |
| Machine Gun Ammo = 100 |
| Grenade Rounds = 6 |
| Magnum Ammo = 6 |
'------------------------'
For grenades and proximity bombs, a character will hand over up to 5 at a time
per give. For all other items, your character will hand over one of each; such
as an egg.
______________________________
YOUR PARTNER'S AVAILABLE AMMO \________________________________________________
If you look to the left (or right with Sheva players) of your partner's life
gauge a number next to a bullet icon shows how much ammo the partner has in
that partner's inventory for the currently equipped weapon (the ammo inside the
currently equipped weapon doesn't count). This can help you to see how much
ammo your partner has left over in reserve and if you need to give your partner
any extra ammo.
________
HEALING \______________________________________________________________________
--> Healing items and Herb combinations
The following herbs and healing items yield the results displayed below when
used:
.-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.
| Rotten Egg | -50% health for one character |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Green Herb | Light health recovery for one or both |
| | characters |
|---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
| White Egg | Light health recovery for one character |
|---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
| Green Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Moderate health recovery one or both |
| | characters |
|---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
| Brown Egg | Moderate health recovery for one |
| | character |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Gold Egg | Full health recovery for one character |
|---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
| Red Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Full health recovery for one or both |
| | characters |
|---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
| First Aid Spray | Full health recovery for one or both |
| | characters |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
* Use the inventory to combine a green herb with another green herb or a red
herb.
--> Healing your character
In order to heal your character, open up the inventory menu then equip a green
herb or other healing item. While holding the item, press the Action button to
heal yourself. You can also, simply choose "Use" after selecting an item.
--> Healing your partner/Group healing
Healing your partner is done the same way as healing yourself, by equipping or
using the healing item, but your partner must be near so that the "Restore
Health" command changes to the "Heal Partner" command. Your character will
spray the partner with the healing substance and both characters will benefit
from the healing mixture. It is almost always best to find your partner and
perform a team healing instead of healing yourself, unless you are near death
and your partner is not in the immediate location of course.
--> Healing with an Egg
In order to heal with an egg, equip the egg then use the "Eat" command. Eggs
only replenish the user's health and not the partner's health. The animation
for eating an egg is slightly longer than an herb or first aid spray healing
animation. Also, keep in mind that the rotten egg will take away health, so
don't eat it. A rotten egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy for 2,000
points worth of damage, which is around the same as a magnum shot!
_____________
DYING STATUS \_________________________________________________________________
In Resident Evil 5, the "Danger" status from the old Resident Evils has been
replaced by a status known as "Dying". When your character is hit by an attack
that places them in extremely low health, a cutscene will play for both
characters to see as the character receives the near fatal blow and that
character will yell out a phrase revealing that the character is close to
death, such as "I'm not gonna' make it". A reddish glow will appear on the
dying player's screen and the partner will be alerted to that character's
location by a red target mark when that character is targeted.
The dying character will not be able to perform any type of commands or access
the inventory; the dying character can only stagger slowly in one direction.
The partner must run toward that character and heal the character with the tap
of the Assist button when the "Resuscitate" or "Heal" command appears while
standing next to the dying character. One of two heals will take place:
--> Heal through a recovery item
If your character currently has a recovery item in the inventory then the
recovery item will automatically be used to heal both characters like normal.
Unlike the normal resuscitation through an adrenaline boost shot, your
characters are NOT invincible during this recovery item healing animation and
the heal is NOT instant. So say if the Executioner takes a swing at both of
you while you're healing your partner in front of him, well, then it's all over
thanks to the lack of invincibility through a recovery item heal.
Basically, make sure that all threats are away from the dying character or
you'll both suffer the consequences. Also, keep in mind that if you press the
button prompt to heal with a recovery item when the partner's life is extremely
low, your character may pull out the health item and begin to spray but the
healing item effect will not kick in quick enough since the dying character's
life will constantly drop; the partner may die as the spray hits him/her.
The only real plus side to a recovery item heal is that both characters will
benefit from that item's recovery feature.
--> Heal through adrenaline boost shots (Resuscitation)
If your character does not have a recovery item, then your character will grab
the dying character's shoulder and quickly give the dying character a shot of
adrenaline to boost that character back into action. This shot will not
restore as much health as an herb but the adrenaline boost shots are infinite!
Always drop everything and rush to your partner's rescue when the partner is in
a dying state. If a character is hit by an enemy attack during a dying state
then that character will most likely die. The character's remaining health is
constantly lowering while in a dying state and if that character is left
unhealed for too long then the character will automatically die from full loss
of life. When one character dies then the game is over for both players on co-
op play and for the main player on single play. If both characters enter the
dying state around the same time then the game will automatically end since
neither can perform a resuscitation.
During single player mode, it is best to keep your partner in "Cover" mode to
make sure that the partner keeps up with your character so whenever either of
you enters the dying state, then the other will not be far off. This will help
you to resuscitate each other much more easily. During co-op play, you need to
always have an idea of where your character is through the mini-map so your
character can resuscitate at a moment's notice. If you can't find your partner
then use the lock-on button to immediately lock-on to that character's location
in order to pinpoint the precise location of that character.
_____
GUNS \_________________________________________________________________________
This is a general gun list with a brief look at the most common gun types in
Resident Evil 5. A description of each gun type is located in the weapons
section.
--> Handgun
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 50
Ammo Variety: Handgun Ammo
Controls:
Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
The Handgun is really one of your best weapons. The ammo for it is very
common, it packs quite a punch per shot and it can easily set enemies up for a
melee attack if the enemy is shot in a specific area of the body. The only
real flaw is that it is not as damaging as the other weapons when fighting a
group, but you can really diminish that weakness by setting up an enemy for a
melee attack with a single shot then rushing in with a melee attack to knock
down or stagger the entire group.
--> Shotgun
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30
Ammo Variety: Shotgun Shells
Controls:
Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
As usual the shotgun has more power from close range and less power from long
range. It's quite surprising how useful it can be from long range if you're
aiming is precise however. The shotgun's spread fire makes it the best choice
for a crowd of enemies. Aim for a normal enemy's head and you'll quite
frequently blow that enemy's head clean off with a single shot or take major
damage from that enemy.
--> Rifle
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30
Ammo Variety: Rifle Ammo
Controls:
Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
Zoom: Hold Aim button + move right thumbstick up (zoom in) or down (zoom out)
Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
When it comes to precision aiming from a distance, the rifle is your absolute
best choice. The rifle packs quite a punch per shot and can shoot through
multiple enemies that are standing in a line. Aim for the head of a normal
enemy to get a guaranteed head explosion per shot. Thanks to its damage, its
actually very useful from close range. The main flaws with this weapon is its
lengthy reload time (which can be solved through inventory reloading) and
limited vision while in scope mode.
--> Machine Gun
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150
Ammo Variety: Machine Gun Ammo
Controls:
Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
Auto-fire: Hold Aim button + hold Fire button
Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
The Machine Gun lets loose a rapid fire that can easily spam a single or group
of enemies with gunfire rather easily. It eats through ammo fast, but simply
spraying this weapon over a crowd leaves a little bit of love for everyone -
basically, every hit staggers a normal enemy, so a simple rapid fire while
waving this weapon in front of a crowd will stagger all of them thanks to the
extremely fast rate of fire. This weapon eats through ammo very quickly and
its reload time is rather lengthy, so be sure to change to another weapon
quickly if an enemy is still nearby when the weapon is low in ammo.
Much like the handgun, this weapon can easily stagger an enemy to set the enemy
up for a melee attack. You need to learn to simply tap the trigger if you want
to take advantage of this technique though. Did you ever use the TMP in
Resident Evil 4? It was a pretty good substitute for a handgun much like the
Machine Gun can be in Resident Evil 5 if used properly.
When using this weapon against a group of enemies, spray them with gunfire to
stun them all then run up and melee attack one of the enemies that is in a stun
pose that will give your character a melee attack prompt.
--> Magnum
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150
Ammo Variety: Magnum Ammo
The Magnum lets loose an extremely powerful and damaging blast per shot fired.
It can usually penetrate multiple foes (that stand in a row) and armor with its
piercing properties and the magnum is the most effective gun for hitting a
bosses weak point when a precise shot can be made. Magnums can also be a very
powerful long range weapon when aimed properly.
The only real flaw with the magnum is that its ammo is not always readily
available like other weapons. The rate of fire is not always extremely fast
but the first two magnums found in the game have an overall good rate of fire
slightly above a handgun's rate of fire. One magnum in particular has a lower
rate of fire equal to that of a shotgun but the damage it can take can make up
for it.
--> Grenade Launcher
Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 12
Ammo Variety: Acid Rounds, Electric Rounds, Explosive Rounds, Flame Rounds,
Flash Rounds, Nitrogen Rounds
A grenade launcher can be equipped with quite a variety of different grenade
ammo types and is best used against grouped enemies since each ammo type
produces a spreading effect that will damage an entire group. Each round has
its own specific use for each specific enemy type.
Explosive Rounds are best used for normal enemies while Flash Rounds will
instantly stun normal enemies or defeat a whole group of parasitic enemies much
like a flash grenade. Flame Rounds produce a burning effect like an incendiary
grenade, electric rounds stun targets with electricity, and Nitrogen rounds
will actually freeze most normal enemies, allowing one to shatter the frozen
enemy with another weapon or a melee attack from close range.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADVANCED BASICS [BS02]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________
TRICKS AND ADVANCED TECHNIQUES \_______________________________________________
---------------
Frame Canceling
---------------
Both of the following techniques require your character to perform a melee
attack during the actual animation listed. The melee attack will cancel the
current action with the same results as if the full animation occurred. This
will also place your character into a temporarily invincibility frame thanks to
the usual invincibility during a melee attack. Both Chris and Sheva can take
advantage of these techniques shortly before performing any of their melee
attacks, including the ground melee hit and the partner assist melee attack
(hold breaker). Both of these methods are extremely useful during intense
fights.
--> Reload Frame Canceling
Make sure that the melee attack button prompt appears first then reload in
front of an enemy that is stunned. During any portion of the reload animation
hit the Action button to instantly end the reload animation and cancel into a
melee attack. The reload will still take place but the animation will be
cancelled early and this will give your character a full reload.
--> Gunshot Frame Canceling
This can really only be done effectively against tough enemies such as the
Executioner or the Chainsaw Majini. Run up to the enemy as the enemy is in a
stunned state and watch for the melee attack button prompt. Fire off a shot
with your weapon, preferably the shotgun or rifle then press the Action button
to cancel the shot animation and instantly perform a melee attack. This is
extremely useful against the Executioner since spamming him with gunfire is
what counts when trying to defeat him.
NOTE: In order for this to work, the RT or R1 button must be the gunshot fire
button. You cannot perform this cancel with Type A or C controls. If the X or
[] button is used to fire the shot then your character will automatically
perform a melee attack instead.
---------------------------------------------------------
Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations
---------------------------------------------------------
Learn to take advantage of certain actions when pulling up the inventory menu.
The following actions will allow you to pull up the inventory menu while the
character is in the middle of the animation and most of these animations will
leave your character invincible to attacks.
- the moment when your character tosses off or receives a hit from a grappling
enemy
- after sustaining a hit
- while climbing a ladder
- while vaulting over an obstacle/jumping/jumping through a window
- while quick turning (NOT INVINCIBLE)
- in between gunshots (NOT INVINCIBLE)
- during a melee attack, ground melee or partner assist melee
- while reaching down to pick up an item
- while healing (NOT INVICIBLE)
- during reloading animations (NOT INVINCIBLE)
NOTE: The full animation for some of these instances must be fully finished
before an item can be equipped, but anytime during the animation, you can have
the "Equip" option ready to trigger as the animation ends. So, say if a player
jumps through a window, the player can select an item and pull up the equip
option, but the player can't actually equip the item until the player's
character fully stands.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Closer Look at Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is a full list of the animations described above along with a detailed
description of how to take advantage of them:
--> The Moment When Your Character Tosses Off or Receives a Hit from a
Grappling Enemy
The instant the animation triggers for when your character has either won or
lost the struggle against a grappling enemy, you can quickly pull up the
inventory during the remainder of that struggle.
--> After Sustaining a Hit
The moment your character gets hit, take this time to cycle through the
inventory if needed since your character will have to recover regardless. Some
hits cause characters to stagger more than others, such as attacks from behind.
--> While Climbing a Ladder
Ladder climbing animation can be rather long, so pull up the inventory and
cycle through it if needed during the climb.
--> While Vaulting Over an Obstacle/Jumping/Jumping Through a Window
Pull up the inventory during the middle of a vaulting or jumping animation and
you can quickly manage items while the character is flying through the air or
recovering from the action. The animation of busting through a window that has
not been shot out is your best bet for taking advantage of this. Your
character will still be invincible for a slight second after landing from the
jump to give you time to cycle through the inventory.
--> While Quick Turning
The animation for a quick turn is rather fast, but you might have time to
quickly pull up the inventory and reload during the actual turn. Keep in mind
that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation.
--> In Between Gunshots
This is best performed with the shotgun or rifle, and it's best to reload the
current weapon through inventory while attempting this. See "Reloading Through
the Inventory Menu" further below for more info on actually performing the
inventory reload. You can literally reload per shot fired if you're quick
enough. Never go through another reload animation again! Keep in mind that
you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation.
--> During a Melee Attack, Ground Melee or Partner Assist Melee
This will vary between the two characters thanks to their different melee
animations. The inventory menu can be pulled up directly after each melee
attack has been initiated which allows you to quickly move through the menu
while performing the invincible animation. Chris and Sheva's instant death
melee attacks (neck breaker and throat slit) are two of the best melee attacks
to use when pulling up the inventory during a melee animation, but any melee
attack can be taken advantage of in this way.
During a Partner Assist Melee, quickly pull up the inventory and equip some
ammo to give to your partner if you have extra ammo for a gun that they carry
or equip a green herb if the partner needs healing. This is the perfect time
to do so.
--> While Reaching Down to Pick up an Item
Equip the item almost instantly when it appears in inventory after picking it
up after pulling up the inventory during the item pickup animation!
--> While Healing
Whenever you perform a self or partner heal, pull up the inventory and cycle
through it if needed. Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this
animation.
--> During Reloading Animations
Your character IS NOT INVINCIBLE during a reload animation, but unless you
cancel the animation through a melee attack, you're going to have to watch the
full animation, so why not take advantage of it and pull up the inventory menu
then cycle through it.
--------------------
Invincibility Frames
--------------------
An invincibility frame is a frame of animation when your character is
completely or partially (during a certain point) invincible to any type of
enemy attack. Your character cannot be controlled once these animations have
started up till the point that they stop; the inventory menu can be pulled up
during most of these animations - keep that in mind. Some of these obviously
cause your character to lose health, but the character can't be hit with any
other attack during that time.
Here's the full list of invincibility animations before I go into detail:
- While grabbing an item
- While jumping from a platform/vaulting over an object
- Giving an item
- Performing a melee attack
- While recovering from an attack
- Resuscitation (cannot pull up inventory during this)
- While climbing a ladder
- While grounded
- While on fire (burning animation)
- While electrified (shocking animation)
- While holding up arms to block debris from an explosion
- While performing a partner action (hoisting animations)
- Door kick animation
- During a hold, when your character is winning/losing the struggle
-------------------------------------
A Closer Look at Invincibility Frames
-------------------------------------
Here is the full list of invincibility frames described above along with an in-
depth description of taking advantage of each:
--> Grabbing an Item
The characters are invincible from the moment they reach down or forward to
grab an item up until the moment they recover from the animation and stand in
place. This actually gives use to picking up an unneeded item. Time a pickup
to when an enemy swings and the attack will go right through your character.
It's as if your character sees something shiny on the ground then reaches down
to grab it, unknowingly ducking an enemy attack.
- Types of Item Grabs:
Item on Ground - The character crouches down to pick up the item and then
stands back up. This is one of the most effective means of dodging an enemy
attack. When an area is littered with grounded items, you can keep grabbing
the items even as a whole crowd of enemies surround your character and also
use the invincibility animation to quickly avoid a sudden lunge or any other
type of attack.
Item on Shelf or Other Object - The character reaches to grab the item then
pulls his/her hand back. This animation is much shorter than a ground item
pickup animation, so you don't really want to rely on the invincibility
animation here.
--> Jumping/Falling/Vaulting
From the moment that a jump/fall/vault command is issued, the character cannot
be hit during the animation but sometimes there are a few recovery frames at
the end of the movement that leaves the character open to attacks. Keep in
mind that all of these animation for each character will stagger an enemy if
the characters make contact with an enemy during the jump. All of them can
even break a hold!
- Types of Jumps
Long Jump - The character jumps and flies through the air then lands on
another platform. This one has some recovery animation at the end of the
jump that can get you hit so make sure that an enemy is not approaching the
area when your character goes to jump.
Lunge then Tuck and Roll - When your character jumps through a window that is
not broken, the character will bash into the glass while performing a roll
then land on the ground on the other side. The interesting part about this
animation is that the character will actually knock down any enemy that is in
his/her path, so you can follow this up with a ground melee. This one has
just as much recovery animation as the long jump.
Vault - The character grabs the side of a wall or railing then hops over the
obstacle. This one can be interesting because of the way that the character
will swing his/her legs to the side while hopping over an object. The wide
leg swing can stagger enemies rather well.
Drop - The character leans over then falls down a platform to the floor
below. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump.
--> Giving an Item
While a character is handing an item to a partner, the character is invincible
until the full animation ends. These are very short animations but these
should still be noted. Don't really rely on these, because much like healing
with an herb, the invincibility animation is a bit questionable.
--> Performing a Melee Attack
Both characters are invincible during certain frames of each of their melee
attacks. These also included assist button melee attacks that get an enemy off
of your partner. Some of the attacks cause recovery animation that leaves the
character open to attack but its usually not that much of a problem.
--> While Recovering from an Attack
Any time that your character is recovering from an attack, your character will
be completely invincible to other enemy attacks until they fully recover.
- Types of recovering positions
Slight Stagger - The character staggers forward or backwards a bit as a hit
is received.
Heavy Stagger - The character stumbles forward while ducking a bit and trying
to maintain the current standing position. Your character will have quite a
bit more invincibility frames with this recovery when compared to the other.
--> Resuscitation
While performing a full resuscitation through an adrenaline boost when your
partner is in a "dying" state, both characters will be completely invincible
throughout the whole course of the animation. Healing with an herb still has
the same unreliable invincibility frames.
--> While Climbing a Ladder
While climbing a ladder, a character is completely invincible from all attacks
during the ladder climb. Ladder climbing is also one of the best times to
cycle through the inventory during tense battles.
--> While Grounded
The moment a character is knocked down to the ground through an explosion or
being smacked upside the head with a shovel, that character is invincible while
on the ground and while getting up from the knockdown.
--> While on Fire (burning animation)
While a character flails his/her arms and burns, that character is
invincible... from any other attacks.
--> While Electrified (shocking animation)
While your character shakes while being electrified, the character is
invincible from any other attack. If you see an attack coming and you see a
live (electrified) transformer on the ground, then run into the transformer and
suffer minimal damage and the attack will pass right through your character.
If the Executioner begins to swing toward your character horizontally then you
can quickly electrify yourself to avoid being knocked into dying status.
--> While Holding up Arms to Block Debris from an Explosion
When a character holds up his/her arms to block the debris rain from an
explosive barrel or grenade, that character is invincible while doing so.
One very interesting little exploit to try that is associated with this is to
stand near an explosive barrel while enemies are around it then shoot the
barrel with an acid round or other type of grenade round. Your character will
get caught by the grenade ground explosion effect first, so if your character
is far enough away then that character will simply hold up his/her arms to
block the explosion of the grenade round and gain invincibility over the barrel
explosion.
--> While performing a partner assist action (hoisting animations)
During the cutscenes where Chris helps Sheva over to another area, neither
character can be hit. The characters can be hit when one stands in place
without the other providing any sort of interaction however.
--> Door Kick animation
During the brief animation of kicking a door, your character will have a few
frames of invincibility.
--> During a Hold, When Your Character is Winning/Losing the Struggle
Whenever your character is grabbed and a thumbstick icon appears on the screen,
the grabbed character can still be hit by another grab up till the point where
your character suddenly wins or loses the struggle. If your character pushes
the enemy back or if the enemy wins the grab then your character is invincible
during those animations. Keep in mind that there are two different grabs for a
Majini (in front and behind) and one grab for a Kipepeo and they both have
invincibility frames at the end.
------------------------------------
Reloading Through the Inventory Menu
------------------------------------
- Pull up the inventory menu
- Select the desired ammo
- Combine the ammo with the proper gun that needs reloading for an instant
reload
- Quickly cancel the inventory menu by pressing the assist button
NOTE: A player can press the aiming button while an item or weapon is
highlighted to cancel the inventory screen and equip the current item or
weapon.
Reloading via the inventory menu does not require your character to perform any
reloading animation and it is instant. This can also be done while in the
middle of melee attack or jump. It sure beats waiting through the long reload
animation of the rifle.
.-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------.
| Take a look at the "Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character |
| Animations" section and the "Invincibility Frames" section and know that a |
| player can pull up the inventory to reload during each one of those, unless |
| mentioned otherwise. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
- Inventory Reload with Ammo in the Middle
Since your cursor will always start in the middle slot on the inventory grid
for every time that you open the inventory menu, you can place the desired ammo
in the middle of the inventory grid then place the corresponding gun to the
immediate right, left, top middle or bottom middle slot, so you can quickly
select the ammo upon opening the menu then press in either of those four
directions to combine it quickly.
When you reload through inventory, use the action button to quickly combine the
ammo with the gun. For my setup, I always place shotgun or rifle ammo in my
middle inventory slot then place the shotgun or rifle to the left of that slot,
so basically, for every reload with the shotgun or rifle, I perform the
following button sequence:
Xbox 360 - Y, X, left, X, B (to cancel inventory)
PS3 - /\, [], left, [], O (to cancel inventory)
And my inventory menu looks much like the inventory menu shown below:
.-----------------------------------.
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| Dragunov <--- Rifle | |
| SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| | First Aid | |
| | Spray | |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------'
- Inventory Reload with Ammo on the Top Left and Right Sides
Many players like to use this setup for inventory reloading:
.-----------------------------------.
| | | |
| | | |
| Rifle | |Machine Gun|
| Ammo (50) | | Ammo (150)|
| | | | | |
|-----|-----+-----------+-----|-----|
| | | | | |
| v | | v |
| Dragunov | | VZ61 |
| SVD (RIF) | | (MG) |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| | First Aid | |
| | Spray | |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------'
Through the above display, we see that players have a gun on the right and left
side of the middle portion of the inventory menu then they quickly pull up the
inventory and select ammo from the top left or top right row then quickly
combine it with the gun below the ammo. The above setup basically requires
that your character reloads while in the middle of an animation.
- A Combination of the Two
Whenever I inventory reload, I use a mix of the two above and usually have ammo
for a gun in the middle of my inventory along with a gun on the center right
square with the ammo in the square above it. So here is a look at my usual
setup:
.-----------------------------------.
| | | |
| | | |
| | |Machine Gun|
| | | Ammo (150)|
| | | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----|-----|
| | | | |
| | | v |
| Dragunov <--- Rifle | VZ61 |
| SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | (MG) |
| | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | |
| | | |
| | First Aid | |
| | Spray | |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------'
As you can imagine, I have to perform a lot of adjustments constantly to gain
the above inventory appearance, but it sure is worth it, especially in The
Mercenaries mode.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reloading from the Inventory Menu while Firing or Performing a Melee Attack
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is basically an extension of the above section, but I'd like to stress
these two methods for intense battles:
- Inventory Reloading During Gunshots
While firing a weapon that has a slight delay in between shots such as the
shotgun or rifle, you can quickly pull up the inventory between shots and
reload by combining the ammo with the current gun before the firing animation
ends. This is extremely useful in tense situations such as fighting the
Executioner in the Public Assembly. I like to have the ammo in the middle slot
on the inventory grid then quickly select it and then combine it with the
nearby gun.
- Inventory Reloading During Melee Attacks
As already mentioned, you can reload through the inventory menu during a melee
attack as well. Depending on the length of the animation, reloading through a
melee attack is usually much easier than performing it during a gun blast AND
the character will be invincible during the full animation of the melee attack
so you have a slight edge if you accidentally screw up while cycling through
the inventory.
Both of these methods take some practice but they can lead to ultimate
aggression when a shotgun is used!
--------------------------------------------------------
Equipping an Item by Holding the Aim Button in Inventory
--------------------------------------------------------
While the inventory menu is up, tap the Aim button while highlighting a gun or
item and your character will automatically equip that item without the need of
going through the text menu and the inventory menu will be canceled as your
character equips the item in real time. This can help out quite bunch for
quickly reloading from the inventory menu in tense situations since you might
want to quickly equip a gun after reloading through combining while you're on
the inventory menu, so simply hold the aiming button while equipping the
desired gun to immediately cancel the inventory menu and aim with the selected
weapon.
-----------------------------------------------------
Immediate Lock-On and Fire When a Partner is Grappled
-----------------------------------------------------
Whenever your partner is grappled by an enemy, immediately press and hold the
lock-on button to face the partner then quickly aim while still holding the
lock-on button and then fire your gun. This will instantly lock-on and allow
your character to knock off any enemy that grapples your partner much quicker
than having to turn and aim.
----------------------
Quick Side Turn Aiming
----------------------
(Control types A and B only)
Command: While holding the right thumbstick to the right or left, press the Aim
button when a weapon is equipped.
Your character will quickly turn toward the viewpoint direction and aim when
the aiming button is pressed. This technique can be used to aim to the side
quickly. This is an old technique from Resident Evil 4. Many hardcore RE fans
that use Control Type A or B can really use this to their advantage for turning
to face different directions.
------------------------------------------------
Immediate Melee Attack after Slashing With Knife
------------------------------------------------
(Control types A and C only)
Since Control types A and C share the attack button with the melee prompt
button, whenever your character is slashing an enemy with the knife, that
character will immediately melee attack the enemy if the button prompt appears
on the screen during the middle of the slashing.
This is most useful for knife runs. If you use Type B or D controls then
you'll have to constantly tap the Action button during slashes in order to
quickly perform a melee attack.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Immediate Rocket Launcher Blast While Aiming With Another Weapon
----------------------------------------------------------------
Command: Aim with a weapon such as handgun then immediately equip the rocket
launcher through the quick select D-pad command assigned to the rocket launcher
then fire immediately.
Normally your character has to stand and lean over a bit then place the rocket
launcher on the shoulder shortly before aiming, but with the method mentioned
above the rocket launcher fire is instant. You're actually aiming with the
first weapon then quickly equipping the rocket launcher and firing instantly at
whatever target your character was aiming at.
Here's a more detailed description on how to perform this technique:
1) Set up the rocket launcher to where it can be quickly equipped with a D-pad
press (Up, Down, Left, Right) by placing it in the Up, Down, Left or Right
slots in the inventory menu
2) Aim with a weapon such as a handgun. Whatever you aim at is going to hit
with the rocket.
3) While still aiming with the handgun, press the D-pad direction that the
rocket launcher is assigned to then immediately fire.
This method is most useful for when an enemy is close to your character and you
don't have time to go through the full aiming animation of the rocket launcher.
Just aim with a handgun then immediately equip the rocket launcher then fire to
avoid having the enemy get too close to where the rocket blast might hit your
character.
-----------------
Taunting an Enemy
-----------------
Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick
I've already mentioned this in the Basics section under Partner Communication
but I want to stress it a bit more here. Taunting an enemy can be somewhat
useful while setting an enemy up for a trap such as a co-op melee attack.
Whenever a taunt is performed, an enemy will sometimes switch its focus toward
the taunting character if the character is near the enemy.
Taunting doesn't always work extremely well. Sometimes an enemy will not turn
during a taunt. If it doesn't turn then get extremely close to the enemy and
stand near it for a few seconds and it will turn eventually.
-----------------------
Knife Slashing an Enemy
-----------------------
Just like with the handgun or machine gun, the knife can easily set up an enemy
for a melee attack. Slash the enemy in the head, top portion of the body or
legs to possibly stun that enemy and set it up for a melee attack. The
slashing animation can be cancelled just like a gunshot animation if the button
prompt for a melee attack appears during the middle of a slash.
You can also work an enemy into a corner then simply knife slash the enemy to
death as the enemy continues to stagger into the wall after each slash. Try to
stand above an enemy that is getting up and face the enemy so that a wall is to
the enemy's back the start slashing when the enemy rises.
You might also want to knife slash a grounded enemy for a (sometimes) quicker
kill than a ground melee attack. Usually a ground melee attack works just as
well but a knife slash might not take as long to finish off a severely weakened
enemy instead of having to watch the full ground melee attack animation.
---------------------------------------------------------
Knife Slashing or Attacking an Enemy that Climbs a Ladder
---------------------------------------------------------
While an enemy climbs a ladder, that is enemy is completely defenseless, so you
can easily shoot them to knock them off and they will take damage from the
fall. You can also position your character directly in front of the top
portion of the ladder and slash enemies with the knife when they attempt to
reach the top. This is another old technique from Resident Evil 4.
Another way to knock an enemy off of a tall ladder is to climb up the ladder
once the enemy begins to climb the ladder. Your character will climb faster
than the enemy and will knock the enemy off with your climbing animation.
Seriously.
---------------------
Leaping into an Enemy
---------------------
Jumping into an enemy that is on the other side of an obstacle, other side of a
gap or below your character will knock the enemy down or stagger the enemy if
your character touches the enemy in any way while leaping. This can be used to
break a grapple that an enemy currently has your partner in or it can be used
to knock down the enemy for a ground melee attack. It can also be used to
stagger a group of enemies that are in a crowd on the other side of an
obstacle. My personal favorite use for this is to leap through a glass window
to knock an enemy down then follow that up with a melee ground attack.
Be careful while attempting this though, since your character will have some
slight recovery animation which allows enemies to move toward your character
and possibly attack before the recovery animation ends. Basically don't leap
toward an approaching enemy that you are not going to hit.
----------------------------
Kicking a Door into an Enemy
----------------------------
Come again? Okay, so this is not really an "Advanced" technique, but your
character can stand on the other side of a door and kick the door into an enemy
on the other side. This will damage the enemy just a bit and knock it down. A
door kick can be useful if an enemy is seen on the other side, but be
forewarned that the enemy might quickly open the door and attack if your
character waits too long before kicking the door. As already mentioned before,
kicking a door will also make your character invincible during the full door
kicking animation as well.
________________
TIPS AND TRICKS \______________________________________________________________
---------------
Co-op Play Tips
---------------
- PARTNER LOCATION
Know where your partner is at all times, and be ready to help out. Use the
partner locator button to auto target your partner's location. It is so very
important to have an idea of the your partner's location. Remember that if
your partner dies, the game is over for both players.
- POINTING WITH A GUN LASTER
Whenever you see an item that you would rather have your partner pick up (your
inventory is filled), stand and aim directly at the item and remain still.
Your partner should get the message that you want them to pick up the item. If
they don't then grab it and give it to them later or try to get your partner's
attention through an assist command.
- PARTNER COMMANDS
Use partner commands a bunch if you don't have a headset. Partner commands are
there for a reason, so use them. If your partner runs away from an item that
you want them to collect then keep standing in place and calling them back with
the assist button. Like I said above, aim down at the item and point at it
with your laser pointer if your partner still doesn't get the picture.
- GIVE SPARE AMMO TO YOUR PARTNER
When you have an extra item that you have no use for, such as Machine Gun ammo
when you don't have a Machine Gun, equip the item then run toward your partner
and tap the B button when the "Give" button prompt appears to give your partner
the ammo.
- GROUP HEALING
When you go to heal your character, make sure that your partner is nearby so
that they will benefit from the heal.
- DON'T SCREW UP A PARTNER'S FOCUS
If your partner is shooting a Majini, don't aim for the same Majini and shoot
it, since your partner might opt for a melee attack that you might screw up by
shooting the same Majini during a stun animation. Would you let your fellow
partners have their moments too?
- BE CAREFUL ABOUT SETTING OFF EXPLOSIONS NEAR YOUR PARTNER
Make sure that your partner is far enough away from a hazardous object before
shooting the object. Red explosive canisters have gotten a much greater blast
radius when compared to other Resident Evils. If you hit me with an explosion
online then you damn well better heal me afterwards. If not, when the next
Majini grabs your character, I'll come to your rescue by tossing a hand grenade
at the Majini to break that bondage of love. I'll save you partner!
- COVER THE SNIPER
If your partner is performing precision aiming with a rifle then try to cover
that player by shooting any enemies that try to get near him/her.
- DEALING WITH RANDOM DEATHS
Just because a player keeps on getting hit and keeps entering the Dying state
doesn't always mean that they suck, they might just be trying harder than your
character, especially on Public Assembly. When I fight the Executioner, I'm
like a raging bull that must defeat him before Chris comments to Sheva about
Kirk and sometimes my plans backfire on me because of the pesky Majini that get
in the way which causes me to get hit... badly. All it takes is one Majini
grab or one badly timed or accidental reload followed by one hell of a kerplunk
from the big man himself to enter Dying status in the Public Assembly.
- TAKE THE OTHER PLAYER'S ITEMS WHEN THE PLAYER LEAVES YOUR GAME
Whenever a player is playing a chapter with you and that player suddenly
leaves, the AI partner will immediately take control of that character. The AI
partner will still have all the items that the player had. You can use that
time to your advantage and request all of that player's ammo from the AI
partner. Weapons can still not be exchanged during that game however. Once
the next save point is reached, the inventory menu will appear before starting
again and the AI partner will lose all of the inventory items that the player
previously had. So basically, a player can hog all the ammo and explosives
from another player after that player leaves and the AI takes over for their
character.
------------------
Single Player Tips
------------------
- EXPLOITING THE "GO" COMMAND
In single player mode, whenever your character performs a partner assist melee
while the AI partner is being attacked by a Majini, quickly issue the "Go"
command while facing the staggering Majini to make the AI partner run up and
hit the staggering Majini with a second melee attack. The "Go" command can
also be issued after hitting a boss enemy with a melee to make the AI partner
perform a follow-up melee. This technique can also be done after hitting a
Majini with an arm stun melee attack. This little exploit of the AI partner
can go a long way in helping the main player.
- EXPLOITING THE AI'S "COVER" MODE
If your character hits en enemy with a an arm stun melee attack, quickly run
toward the enemy and if the partner is set to "Cover" mode and following behind
your character then the AI partner will hit the enemy as it staggers backward
for a double team attack. This can also be used when fighting a strong enemy
such as the Executioner and Chainsaw Majini since all melee attacks cause them
to stagger.
- LEAVE THE AI PARTNER WITH LITTLE AMMO
If you find that your AI partner is wasting too much ammo, simply request the
ammo from that character and leave that character with little ammo. Usually
the AI partner is better with heavier weapons, especially the rifle. The AI
partner tends to spam machine gun and handgun ammo.
- KEEPING THE AI FROM SNATCHING AN ITEM
If you see the AI partner run toward a breakable object and you don't want the
partner to break it and take the item then run toward the object yourself. The
AI partner will back off and let your character break the object and have the
item.
- TAKE ITEMS FROM THE AI PARTNER
Request whatever items you need from your AI partner. Ask and you shall
receive! The only item that an AI partner will not give up is a weapon that
your character currently has in his/her own inventory.
- USING THE AI PARTNER AS YOUR ITEM BOX
Load up your AI partner with whatever you don't want your main character to
carry. Your AI partner can basically be a walking item box
-------------------
Tips for Both Modes
-------------------
- THE RESTART OPTION
During the middle of any chapter, a player can pause the game and then choose
restart to be taken back to the main inventory in order to buy items or
rearrange each character's inventory. The player will start at the last check
point that was passed. This will not count against the player at all toward
chapter completion. Game time will remain as it was up to the point of the
last checkpoint. This can be used to cancel any death that is about to take
place if a character suddenly enters dying status (BEFORE the final blow) and
can help a player to gain the upper hand on bosses by allowing the player to
restock the characters' inventory with needed ammo.
- PULL UP THE MINIMAP TO KEEP TRACK OF YOUR PARTNER
Always pull up you mini-map at the beginning of each stage. This will help you
to easily keep track of your partner in big areas.
- SEEING BOSSES ON THE MINIMAP
Pull up your mini-map (GPS) while fighting a boss enemy. Most of the time, the
boss enemy will be showcased as a blue triangle on the map. This can help a
player to see where the boss enemy is currently at. Being able to view the
location of the boss enemy is extremely helpful during some boss battles.
- CHARACTER STARES
Whenever an enemy is nearby, your character will look in that direction; use
this to help identify a nearby enemy location. Sometimes your character will
simply turn his/her head to look at the partner however.
- THE LOCK-ON FEATURE
If you're having problems finding your partner then use the lock-on button to
find that character.
- YOUR PARTNER'S AMMO
Check your partner's amount of ammo for the currently equipped weapon, which is
displayed to the left of the partner's life bar. If the partner has 0 handgun
ammo and you have, I don't know, say around 85 handgun ammo, you might want to
share. This is more useful in co-op mode than in single player. You'll mainly
want to hand over secondary weapon ammo to AI Sheva since she doesn't aim
precisely with the handgun.
- PERFORMING A FOLLOW-UP MELEE
When your partner knocks an enemy off of your character and the enemy is still
alive and staggers to the side, immediately run toward the staggering enemy and
your character will get a button prompt command for a melee attack of your own.
Double team! Sometimes the enemy will stagger to the side, but sometimes the
enemy will only get knocked down to the ground. Either way, the enemy will
still receive damage from the partner assist melee attack. Your character
could use that chance to hit the enemy with a ground melee attack while it is
on the ground to perform some extra damage to it.
- SLASHING AN EXPLOSIVE BARREL...?
A knife slash will not cause a red explosive barrel to explode. This can be
useful to know for certain areas where breakable objects lie right next to
barrels.
- THE PARTNER COMMAND TAKES PRIORITY OVER OTHER NEARBY MELEES
A partner assist melee attack button prompt (when a Majini grabs your partner)
will usually take priority over a normal stun prompt, so if you perform a stun
to a Majini and your partner is next to the stunned Majini while in a hold by
another Majini then the partner assist melee attack prompt will appear most
likely instead of "Straight" or whatever other character melee attack you're
about to perform.
- DELAYED WEAPON SWITCHING
Pressing a direction in order to switch to another weapon during a gunshot or
reloading animation will usually take effect once the current gun animation has
completely ended.
- CANCELED ANIMATIONS DUE TO ENEMY HITS
Any frame of a reload animation that is interrupted by an enemy attack no
matter how early or late will make the reload successful. The enemy may take
damage from your character but the enemy can help out in ending the reload
animation frames early.
- DESTROY WOODEN DOORS IN STYLE
Want to destroy a wooden door fast? Shoot it twice with a handgun or machine
gun then kick it to break it. Not only will you look like a badass as you lay
the smackdown on that door like your good buddy, Berserker, but you'll destroy
it very quickly during intense situations.
- BUYING A WEAPON AND SELLING IT TO KEEP THE AMMO
If a weapon is sold on the main inventory screen then the ammo will be kept in
your current inventory. Knowing this, if you need magnum ammo to take with
your character and the extra money to spare, a player can buy a magnum then
sell it and keep the ammo from the magnum that is bought. A player can
continue to buy a magnum then sell it off just to keep the ammo.
____________________
TAG TEAM MELEE TIPS \__________________________________________________________
--> Tips for performing Tag Team Melee Attacks in Co-op mode
1) When the second (bouncing) melee attack is performed, the enemy might
stagger to the side, in a case such as this, you can perform either of the
co-op melee attacks listed above by running to the front or back of the
staggering enemy in order to get the button prompt. Keep in mind that you
must activate the command before the staggering animation ends however.
2) When your partner is grabbed by a Majini, run up to the embraced pair and
quickly equip the knife then slash the Majini in the middle portion of its
body. Not only will you save your partner with only minor damage to the
Majini, but you'll most likely slash the Majini in the arm to stun it and
set it up for a co-op melee attack. It's best for your partner to start
the sequence since that character will be the closest to the Majini.
3) If you find that a Majini is moving away from your character and you want
the Majini to face your way, taunt the Majini (LS + RS/L3 + R3) to get it
to turn. Sometimes you have to taunt a few times to get its attention.
This doesn't always seem to work however; sometimes simply getting close to
the Majini is more useful in making it turn.
--> Easily set up a Tag Team Melee with other players
1) Arm a machine gun and aim toward a Majini's arm then tap the trigger button
once in an attempt to stun the Majini. This is a bit less damaging than a
handgun.
2) After stunning a Majini with an arm stun, if your characters are not in the
the proper placement for bouncing it back and forth with melee then quickly
run behind it and perform your character's back melee attack to bounce it
toward the other character and set it up for the sequence.
3) Want to trick a new person online into helping you out with co-op melee
attacks? If you notice that the partner performs melee attacks whenever a
Majini is next to their character then trick them into helping you:
a) Simply make sure that your partner is near then let a Majini approach
both of you and then quickly shoot the Majini in the arm then run
behind it and knock it toward your partner. The partner will most
likely take the initiative to perform the melee attack that bounces the
Majini back toward you, giving you the special command.
b) Run up to a Majini that has grabbed your partner then slash the Majini
with your knife in the midsection for a usual arm stun. DON'T PERFORM
THE MELEE YOURSELF! Allow your partner to bounce the Majini with the
melee command. Your partner will get a melee button prompt on the
so that player is most likely to perform it right then. Simply bounce
the Majini back toward your partner and that partner might accidentally
perform their special melee!
c) Whenever you witness your partner hit a Majini with an upper arm melee
attack, quickly run behind the Majini to bounce it back toward your
partner.
(d) Use partner action commands to order your partner to stand in place.
This won't always work. This is most useful for a single Majini. Here's
the way I've done it before:
Chris: "Wait! Wait!"
[Chris walks toward Majini and lures it out while backing up]
[Sheva aims her gun]
Chris: "Wait! Wait!"
[Sheva lowers her gun while Chris aims, shoots it in the arm then
runs behind it and kicks it toward Sheva. Sheva responds with a
Twist Kick as Chris was hoping for. The gods shine down upon Mr.
Redfield as he steps forward and delivers the ultimate answer to the
Majini threat.]
Chris: Thanks! (Thank you, my tool.)
All jokes aside, by setting up a Majini for a co-op attack with new
players, they might catch on eventually. There was one time where one
player actually did realize what I was doing and allowed me to set the
sequence up for that player.
(e) For extra info about using partner action commands while playing online
make use of the following and your partner might catch on:
- "Go" command = Use this while a Majini is coming toward you to tell
your partner to get behind the Majini.
- "Come on" command = (1) Use this to call your distant partner behind
a Majini while the partner is a long distance away. (2) This can
also be used to tell your partner to knock a Majini that you have
stunned toward you with a melee attack so you can knock it back.
(3) After knocking a Majini toward your partner, use this command to
encourage your partner to knock it back toward you. The latter
actually works well against random online players sometimes.
- "Wait" command = Use this if your partner is about to shoot the
Majini to make the partner lower the gun.
- "Thank" command = This is the ultimate way to build up encouragement
while playing online. After a successful co-op melee, thank your
partner. If your partner is clueless to the co-op melees that you
just tricked them into helping you with, then they might catch on
because of your gratitude.
--> Performing a Tag Team Melee in Single Player mode
It's really not hard at all to set up a tag team melee attack in single player
mode. You just have to know the way that your AI partner will work and that is
one thing I will show you here so you can start Haymakering and Back Handing
your own Majini in single player! This is not meant to be just for fun either;
it is actually very effective in Veteran mode. Veteran mode is the best mode
to obtain these tag team melees in since the Majini have more health allowing
them to survive the full sequence and possibly multiple attempts.
You see, the AI has to follow certain rules that a single player can take
advantage of:
1) The AI partner will most likely NOT melee attack a Majini that the main
player stuns. The AI partner will usually only attack a Majini that the
actual AI partner has stunned.
2) An AI partner will bounce back any Majini that is knocked toward that AI
character. No matter if that character is shooting or what, that character
will knock back any Majini that the main player stagger their way.
3) When a "Go" command is issued, the AI partner will always step a few steps
in front of the main player then turn to face that player regardless whether
an enemy is in the area or not. The AI partner will usually stop whatever
it is doing and run in front of the player then turn to face the player.
Do I see a light bulb yet? That third listing should have sparked something.
Did it?
Here are three ways to trick the AI partner into helping out with a Tag Team
melee attack:
1) Have the AI partner near your character then shoot a Majini in the arm for
an arm stun. Directly after the arm stun, issue a "Go" command to your AI
partner while facing the Majini. The AI partner will quickly step behind
the Majini and give a little space in between that AI partner and the
Majini. Wait just a slight second for the AI partner to get in the back of
the Majini then perform the first melee attack from the arm stun to knock
the Majini toward your AI partner. If the AI partner is still behind the
Majini, the AI partner will automatically bounce the Majini back toward your
character with a back melee. Once the Majini staggers back toward your
character, you will receive the special tag team melee command which you can
change by quickly stepping in front of or behind that staggering Majini.
The above method works like a charm once a player gets used to it. I can do
them in single player about 60% of the time with this method.
2) Perform an arm stun on a Majini while the AI partner is behind your
character or nearby, preferably busy shooting another Majini. Quickly run
behind the Majini that is stunned with an arm stun and knock it toward the
AI partner with a melee and the AI partner might respond with a follow-up
melee to knock it back toward your character, giving you the special tag
team command.
Your miles will definitely vary with the second method, but it's good to keep
it in mind.
There is also one more method where one can actually get the AI partner to
perform their own tag team melee.
3) Whenever you see the AI partner perform a melee after an arm stun that the
AI partner has done itself, QUICKLY run behind the Majini that the AI
partner has hit and knock it back toward the AI partner. The AI partner
will almost always be standing and waiting and if the AI partner is still
nearby after your character knocks the Majini back then the AI partner will
automatically perform the tag team melee depending on the side the AI
partner faces when the Majini staggers back toward the AI partner.
As you can see, I really enjoy performing tag team melees and exploiting the
computer AI in order to help me. This is NOT hard at all, you just have to
understand the way the AI partner will work and try this out yourself. I do
tag team melees for fun, not for trophies or achievements. It's all about the
challenge in performing them that excites me! Like I said earlier, they are
also very effective in Veteran mode.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM DUPLICATION [BS03]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
During a co-op game, any item or ammo that can be given to another player can
be duplicated through a little glitch at the beginning of a session. This can
be used to duplicate rotten eggs which can be sold off to the store for 2,000
gold each. This will help the player quickly afford upgrades and weapons from
the store.
In order to use this technique, perform the following steps:
1) Invite a player to a session.
2) While the joining player is still on the main inventory menu give the player
the item that you want to that player to duplicate for you. You can give
the items during the actual gameplay also. It doesn't matter.
3) Start the session.
4) During the actual gameplay, the person that joined the game (not the host),
should pause the game then exit the session by choosing "Quit" from the
pause menu. The joining player should save the game on their end.
5) The host will be left with an AI partner that still retains the same
inventory that the other player had. The host should do one of two things:
a) Request the given item back from the AI partner. This will allow the
host to duplicate the host's own inventory in repeated sessions. Quit
the game and save in this case once the item is in your inventory.
b) Quit the game without saving. Choose "No" when it asks if you want to
save. Any item that the AI partner has in it's inventory will not be
added back to the host's inventory if the game is saved, so don't save it
unless you request the items back from the AI partner. Not saving the
game will allow the host to retain any item that was originally in their
inventory before the session was started.
Here's how a person can duplicate rotten eggs:
01) Invite a player to a session.
02) Give the joining player however many rotten eggs that you have. Let's use
3 in this case.
03) Start the session.
04) While the joining player has the 3 rotten eggs, that player should pause
the game and choose "Quit" then save the game. The player will retain the
3 rotten eggs in their inventory.
05) The host should pause the game then quit the game and NOT save to retain
the 3 eggs, or request the rotten eggs back from the AI partner then quit
and save the game.
06) Now that both players have 3 rotten eggs, the host should start another
session then invite the joining player again. The joining player should
keep the three rotten eggs in that player's inventory. The host should
give the other player 3 rotten eggs again so the joining player has 6
rotten eggs.
07) Start the session.
08) The joining player should exit the session by pausing the game and choosing
"Quit" then save the game to keep the six rotten eggs.
09) Since the host only started with three rotten eggs, that player should
request all 6 rotten eggs from the partner then quit and save the game
through the pause menu. The host now 6 rotten eggs as well.
10) This can be repeated over and over until both players have an inventory
full of rotten eggs. During the next cycle from the sessions mentioned
above, the host will have six rotten eggs and the joining player will have
6, so the host could give 6 to the joining player to give that player 12
and then request the 12 once the player leaves and the AI takes control of
the partner. Both players will have 12 each at that point.
11) Once the joining player has an inventory full of rotten eggs then remove
all the rotten eggs from the character inventory then allow the host to
fill the joining players slot full of rotten eggs once again before
starting the session. The host will want to exit WITHOUT saving after the
joining player leaves after saving their game since there is nothing to be
gained from requesting all eggs that were in the host's inventory prior to
the session.
** WARNING: The important step to realize in the technique used above is that
whatever the AI partner has in it's inventory after the joining player has left
the session will be lost when the host player exits the game and saves or the
host player reaches a save point, so if the AI partner has anything that the
host player wants to keep, the host needs to request the item from the AI
partner then exit and save OR simply exit the game WITHOUT saving to keep your
inventory the way it was prior to the session.
[WT00]
===============================================================================
__ __ _ _ _ _ _
\ \ / /__ _ | || | __| |_ | |__ _ __ ___ _ _ __ _ | |__
\ \ /\ / // _` || || |/ /| __|| '_ \ | '__|/ _ \ | | | | / _` || '_ \
\ V V /| (_| || || < | |_ | | | || | | (_) || |_| || (_| || | | |
\_/\_/ \__,_||_||_|\_\ \__||_| |_||_| \___/ \__,_| \__, ||_| |_|
|___/
R E S I D E N T E V I L 5 M A I N G A M E
===============================================================================
Hi, and welcome to the walkthrough section for my Resident Evil 5 guide. This
walkthrough will provide you, the reader, with a full detailed description of
the main game of Resident Evil 5. All item placements and breakable objects
have been described in their own separate sections as well as the main
walkthrough. Areas that may be investigated (examined for more details) are
labeled in the "Investigation" boxes. All treasure locations and BSAA medals
are pointed out in full detail in the actual writing and in lists spread
throughout the walkthrough. If a trophy/achievement can be gained in a certain
area, then it has been labeled for the reader as well.
Keep in mind that this walkthrough is meant for Normal mode and is updated
slightly for Veteran. A separate walkthrough is available toward the end of
this guide for Professional mode.
******************* MAJOR WARNING ABOUT DATA CORRUPTION ***********************
Be sure to back up your save file for either console version onto some sort of
portable saving device. There is a common data corruption problem with
Resident Evil 5's save file that could corrupt your data.
For Xbox 360, use a memory card to save your data. For PS3 use a flash drive
to save your data - highlight the save file under your save games list then
press /\ and copy the data to a flash drive on the device list once it is
inserted. The PS3 save file used to be copy protected but the Version 1.03
update that was released around the beginning of June 2009 removes the copy
protection, allowing gamers to back up their Resident Evil 5 data to a flash
drive.
*******************************************************************************
= = = = = = = = = = = K I J U J U C A S E F I L E = = = = = = = = = = = = =
==== - Redfield Report (Kijuju Incident) ====
--- "Casualties continue to mount over the long years I have struggled." ---
-- "More and more I find myself wondering if it's all worth fighting for." --
--- "Maybe one day I'll find out" ---
- - - - - -
___ _ _ _ _ [CH11]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | / |
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ | |
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|| |
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_|
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 1-1 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 20+ | 15 | 10 | <9 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <12'00" | 17'00" | 22'00" | 22'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH111]
Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C I V I L I A N C H E C K P O I N T
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Objective: Rendezvous with your contact at the Butcher's Shop.
Welcome to Kijuju, fellow Resident Evil fan!
Control of Chris Redfield will be given to the player on the streets of Kijuju
as Kirk contacts Chris. Both Chris and Sheva must meet up with their contact
at the Butcher's shop down the street up ahead.
-- "I knew it from the moment I arrived, there's no reason here..." --
Press the R2 (RB) button to bring up your mini-map. This mini-map is so very
important to playing Resident Evil 5 that I'm going to go over the basics here
then bring it back up later. The green pointer represents Chris and the purple
pointer represents Sheva. There is a compass on the upper left corner of the
screen that always points north, which I use to give you directions for this
guide. If you're playing this game co-op then the mini-map should be up at all
times so you can see your partner's current location.
.---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
| If your character happens to be in caution status (orange) health then that |
| character will still be holding his/her chest portion throughout this |
| entire opening segment without an ability to heal. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Press and hold the R1 (RT) to locate your partner in the immediate area. This
can be very important in an intense area when you need to find your partner's
location quickly and have multiple levels of a building or obstacle to worry
about. Sometimes the mini-map doesn't cut it for finding a partner's location
and you'll be forced to use this.
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| If your character walks down the street immediately while Chris talks with |
| Kirk, you'll get to see some townspeople knock down and drag away a fellow |
| townsperson down the first east path. A slight cutscene will play as your |
| character gets closer to them. They seem to disappear into the east alley. |
| If you wait too long at the beginning, then you'll miss out on seeing this. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
-- "No humanity." --
There's a lot to see on the streets of Kijuju, but there are no items. All
buildings can be entered so feel free to explore. Walk down the street ahead
to reach the butcher's shop. Neither character can use a weapon or any kind of
attack for the moment. There's plenty of crates and boxes just begging to be
destroyed, but neither character can break them even if this is your second
playthrough.
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| Stay in the Civilian Checkpoint area for a total of two minutes without |
| triggering the cutscene past the grouped townspeople to the north and Chris |
| and Sheva will engage in some extra dialogue. They speak about America and |
| Americans in general. About 10 seconds after the dialogue, Kirk will |
| contact both of them and tell them once again to meet up at the Butcher's |
| Shop. Kirk will continue to contact Chris and Sheva with the same dialogue |
| if the players continue to stay in the area afterwards. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
If your character walks past a townsperson, that person will simply stop and
stare with a most grueling look on his face. It's amazing to stop and look at
the level of detail in each person's face.
-- "Everywhere I look, I find vacant stares... --
The characters will pass a person lying on a crate patting his machete against
his hand. Some residents are grouped in the street nearby him while one of
them smacks something tied up in a burlap sack further ahead. Is that the
townsperson that the characters could see earlier!?
The group of townspeople will stop what they are doing then turn and look at
Chris and Sheva as both characters walk by them.
-- "All I see is death." --
Further ahead and to the west, the characters will come across the one and only
place for fresh and quality meat - the Corner Pyamy Butchery of course. Walk
toward the building to trigger a cutscene.
-- CHECKPOINT
All of the inhabitants are now gone! Well, it's certainly not bingo this time.
The streets are deserted. You can move back toward the radio on the side of
the streets to hear an announcement over the radio. This person must be giving
away free money, or better yet, RE5 promotional goodies!
Continue to the Corner Pyamy Butchery.
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| If Chris steps behind the counter on the outside of the Butcher's shop up |
| ahead, Reynard (the contact inside) will tell Chris to enter the building |
| through the side door. Strangely enough, even if Chris busts through the |
| door and stands in front of Reynard, a player can still trigger this phrase |
| by stepping back outside and walking behind the outside counter. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Step around the right (north) side of the building. Walk over to the door on
the north side. Now, if you're familiar with door opening using the Resident
Evil 4 setup then you will know that a door can be opened gently by tapping the
action button when the button prompt appears while standing next to the door or
your character can kick it open by double tapping the button. Read the tip
below.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| When a door is kicked open the kicking animation frames will make your |
| character invincible to enemy attacks. When a door is opened normally, |
| there are no invincibility frames but the sound will not alert unaware |
| enemies like a door kick will. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Upon simply entering or busting into the butcher's shop, approach the man with
the turban (Reynard). Use the button prompt for the action button to speak
with him and a cutscene will trigger.
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| If one player moves too far ahead of the other and meets with Reynard, he |
| will only mention that he heard that there were two of operatives and ask |
| about the character's partner. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B A C K A L L E Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Both characters should open up the metal case in front of them and each
character should pick up the ++M92F (HG)++ from the metal case. Chris will
also slip into his combat gear. If this is a replay and you selected a new
outfit then your character will be wearing it after the next cutscene.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: M92F (HG)
Location: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1
Details: The character's will be placed right in front of the metal case
containing this weapon after the first cutscene with the contact (Reynard) in
the Butcher's Shop. There is one for each character. On the first playthrough,
the characters must pick up one each since it is there only weapon to equip and
they must both equip something to trigger the next cutscene. On a second
playthrough, if the characters already have a gun available then the M92F does
not have to be picked up.
The characters can ONLY grab their handguns before the cutscene plays that is
triggered by equipping a gun, so if a player wants to grab a handgun it must be
picked up before that cutscene; otherwise, the metal case will be gone from the
counter after the cutscene.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Press the Inventory button to bring up the inventory menu and view your current
inventory. While the inventory screen is open, press the RB button to see your
partner's current inventory. Below is the inventory setup for each character.
C H R I S S H E V A
.-----------------------------------. .-----------------------------------.
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | D-pad | | | | D-pad | |
| | Up | | | | Up | |
| | | | | | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad |
| left | | Right | | Left | | Right |
| | | | | | | |
|-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------|
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | D-pad | | | | D-pad | |
| | Down | | | | Down | |
| | | | | | | |
'-----------------------------------' '-----------------------------------'
R E D F I E L D A L O M A R
As you can see, the inventory is composed of a 3x3 grid. Weapons or items in
the top middle, bottom middle, middle left and middle right slots can be
equipped by tapping the up, down, left and right directions the D-pad. Why
would you want to equip ammo? So you can give it to your partner with the tap
of the assist button while standing near that character. All of the items have
various commands that will appear after equipping them. You can also give an
item by selecting the "Give" command from the inventory menu after pulling up
the command list while highlighting an item.
You'll have to equip the weapon through the inventory menu by pulling up the
inventory (/\ or Y), highlighting it, then selecting the action button to
select and equip it in order to trigger another cutscene.
.---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
| You can walk over to Reynard before grabbing or equipping your weapon and |
| talk with him to hear some extra dialogue Chris is too bulky to get by him |
| and Sheva can't bring herself to leave her partner, so you're going to |
| trigger another cutscene by equipping your weapon to continue. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Now Chris and Sheva are prepared for action! Run over to the --WOODEN CRATE-
- up ahead on the north side of the room. This is one of the many breakable
objects that the characters will find in the game. To break them without
shooting, equip the knife by holding the knife button (L1 or LT) then slash the
crate open to reveal a random item. Not all crates contain random items, but a
good majority of them do. Some crates will always contain the same item.
There are two files on the north side of this room to the left of the crate:
--DYING MEMO-- and --CONTROLS MEMO--.
Dying is a new status in the RE universe. It is basically the new "Danger"
status. When a character is hit while that character has extremely low health,
that character will enter "Dying" status. While your character is dying, a red
glow will encase your screen. Your character can only hobble in his or her
wounded state at that point. A partner must resuscitate or heal your character
by standing in front of your character and pressing the assist button. If a
partner has a green herb then the healing item will automatically be used but
if the partner has no healing item then that character will give the dying
character a quick shot of adrenaline that will take the dying character out of
the current status and heal them just a bit. Adrenaline shots are infinite in
number. Failure to help a dying character will result in death for both
characters after a few seconds; if the dying character is hit with an enemy
attack then the game is over for both players also.
Let's talk about controls. You have four different types of controls - Type A,
Type B, Type C, and Type D. Type D is the default control type. If you're just
now playing this game after having played Dead Space then you will want to
stick with Type D most likely like yours truly. Type A offers the usual
Resident Evil 4 style setup, Type B changes the shoulder button functions while
still maintaining the usual RE4-style camera, Type C changes the right
thumbstick to a character turn and the right or left direction on the left
thumbstick to a sidestep but still keeps the RE4-style buttons in place, Type D
changes the shoulder button functions and changes the right thumbstick to a
character turn while the right or left direction with the left thumbstick is
changed to a sidestep. Got all that? It's best to experiment with them
yourself.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Counter with Meat Chunks - On the east side of the room across from a door.
[ ] Dying Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate.
[ ] Control Type Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate.
[ ] Long counter with meat chunks - Along the west side of the room, to the
left of where the characters start.
[ ] Counter with Intestine and Cleaver - Across from the files. Light shines
down on this through a hole in the roof.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on a freezer on the north side of the room.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The slabs of meat in this room can be slashed with your knife and there are
plenty of other objects such as bottles, gas containers, boxes and cans that
can be knocked around as well. Go ahead, I know you want to! Leave the shop
through the doorway to the west.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Stand - To the right as the character exit the butcher's shop. A character
will need to toss a hand grenade at the stand in order to break it or fire
an explosive round at it with the grenade launcher, so a player can only do
this on a second playthrough.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the wheelbarrow to the left after exiting the
butcher's shop.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- by the wheelbarrow outside. Stand at the
top of the stairs that lead west. You see those crows down there? You can
shoot some of them and with your handgun to kill them. The crows will randomly
drop gold once defeated. They will increase your kills for this chapter and
they'll be added under your recorded kills under the main menu (Records). If
this is your second playthrough and you happen to have a flash grenade or hand
grenade then toss it down at them to kill them all.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Headless dog carcass - The crows surround this gruesome sight.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The crows are surrounding a carcass of a dog. Move into the building with the
"Wood Furniture" sign along the side of it. Slash the skulls on the shelves
with the candles if you want then open the metal door inside.
.------------------------------- GLITCH/EXTRA --------------------------------.
| While moving down the stairs, quickly skip the cutscene that shows that dog |
| carcass then run down the stairs immediately and enter the building at the |
| bottom of the stairs. If you QUICKLY look to the right a Majini will be |
| walking off to the right. |
| |
| The camera has to be turned to the right very quickly once the building is |
| entered in order to see the Majini. It is best to do one of the following |
| in order to see him: |
| |
| 1) Use Type A or B controls then tilt the camera angle to the right while |
| entering the building and quickly aim to make the character face right. |
| |
| 2) While in single player, quickly press the lock-on button to lock-on to |
| to your partner which should still be at the top of the stairs as you enter |
| the building and this will make your character face the Majini after |
| entering. |
| |
| 3) While using Type C or D controls, quickly turn to the right while |
| entering the building. This method doesn't work that well. |
| |
| Either way, the Majini will walk to the side for a few seconds then |
| suddenly disappear. Here is a video of the glitch by SeitengrateZero: |
| |
| http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TiYkG7AJEcU |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Kick open the next door for an incredibly gruesome sight. Break the --WOODEN
BARREL-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- behind the goat display then move around
the corner to the west and turn to the left to find the exit door. A ++GREEN
HERB++ is on a shelf to the right of the exit door. Kick open the door then
step outside.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Goat - Right across from the door that you enter the room from.
[ ] Erratic Memo - On the counter near the metal pot off to the left when
stepping further into the room.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the floor near the wooden shelf on the far west wall.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - Along the wooden shelf near the barrel mentioned above.
--> Definite Item: Green Herb
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the desk to the right of the other two objects.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Around the corner on a wooden shelf right before reaching the
exit door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some yells can be heard up ahead as Sheva runs to check it out. Don't feel
obligated to follow just yet. Little missy isn't aware of how much a survival
horror fan likes to explore so don't feel the need to follow her immediately.
You can call her back with the assist (O or B) button but she'll move on ahead
again after returning.
Don't worry, I'll help you understand the way she works throughout this guide.
There are no items in the immediate location, so move up the stairs. Press the
assist button in front of the door to confirm that you are ready to move onto
the next area. While online both players must enter ready status in order to
move onto the next area. If you ever find some jackass that continues to play
around for a long time with the environment then continuously press the assist
button while in ready status to annoy them. It works, trust me.
[CH113]
Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B A C K A L L E Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the room.
A new enemy will attack after the cutscene. These enemies are labeled as a
"Majini" (singular and plural). Majini is the Swahili word for "Evil Spirit".
NEW ENEMY: Majini
A Majini can be shot in the head, upper arm, and leg while they walk or stand
still in order to stun them. While they are in a stunned pose, either
character can rush up to one and get a special command labeled by an on-screen
action button prompt. For the arm stun and leg stun the command will differ
depending on if you're character is in front of or behind the Majini. It is
possible to stun a Majini by shooting it in the arm then bounce it back and
forth with arm stun melees two times with the characters in order to get a
special tag team (or co-op) melee attack. This can be done in single player by
tricking the AI partner but it is most easily done in with a human partner
through online or split-screen co-op play.
The Majini will run toward Chris right after the cutscene. Quickly equip the
knife then slash him as he runs and he will most likely trip. Attack him while
he is on the ground with your special ground melee attack while standing near
him. You can also simply shoot him, but why waste ammo when you don't have to?
You could also use out newfound friend as a convenient start toward a
trophy/achievement since he is by himself.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: A Cut Above
Description: Defeat 5 enemies with the Knife.
Details: Defeat 5 enemies of any type with only the knife. Equip the knife by
holding the knife button then slash at an enemy. The most important part in
attempting this trophy/achievement is that you make sure that the final hit
that kills the enemy is a knife slash. Only actual knife kills will count
toward this trophy/achievement.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
You can break the nearby TV by slashing it with your knife. There's nothing
special about it but it gives you something to interact with in this room.
Open the door along the northwest side of this room to continue.
Take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ in the next room. The glass bottles along the
shelves can be slashed with the knife. Walk toward the window and press the
action button when the "Jump Out" command appears to leap through it.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Along the set of shelves on the cabinet.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You'll be facing the west when your characters land. Behind the fence to the
north is a chicken pen with two chickens running about inside. These chickens
can be almost as vicious as a Majini! I'll show you soon.
Walk to the south. You won't find anything around the south alley, so turn to
the west and continue ahead. A cutscene will trigger eventually.
A whole horde of Majini will start moving toward Chris and Sheva from the east
after the cutscene. Now, keep in mind that the characters have switched
direction since before the cutscene, so they're actually facing the way that
they came from. You don't want to go back that way. Turn around with the
quick turn (Back + Run) and face the west again then run to the open blue door
to the east.
.------------------------------- EXTRA AND BONUS -----------------------------.
| It is possible to hold your ground and fight off all the Majini that attack |
| in the alley. You'll be fighting several at one time, so you really need a |
| human partner to do this. If this is your second playthrough then I hope |
| you brought some grenades. |
| |
| Both Chris and Sheva can set up some of the most devastating co-op melee |
| attacks right here. Simply surround the Majini horde then shoot one of |
| them in the arm and knock it toward the other character. One hit will |
| usually hit several and then the next hit in the sequence will hit several |
| more. A special command such as Chris' Back Hand and Sheva's Spinning Back |
| Kick can easily take out multiple Majini in the alley. Experiment and have |
| fun! |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat a good majority of the Majini in the back
alley area when they attack and one of the final few will
drop this treasure. There will be a Majini equipped with
dynamite that will appear near the end of Majini wave and
he will drop this treasure once defeated. It's best to
attempt this on a second playthrough and bring about 10
hand grenades, especially if you're playing in single
player mode. Chris could also simply bring along his
gatling gun weapon if has been unlocked.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
As the for the chickens that I mentioned earlier, if you can defeat all the
Majini in the area then step inside the chicken pen (hop over the railing), the
chickens will actually attack the characters very aggressively. They're pretty
hard to hit also if the characters try to kill them.
A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the building if the
characters choose to run from the Majini.
Chris will contact Kirk once again and tell him about the hostile locales.
Chris will contact Kick with the same phrase no matter if you defeat the Majini
or not. If you defeat them then he will contact Kirk directly after the last
one falls.
Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the shelf inside and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the
cabinet. Combine the green herb from earlier with the red herb for a full
healing spray. The hand grenade will really come in handy in a few moments.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Red Herb - On the southeast shelf.
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the south cabinet.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approach the iron door to the side. This particular door type requires that
both players approach it and press the assist button in order to knock it down.
You'll have to examine it first with the action button. Your character will be
in ready status while kicking it, so keep tap the assist button if the other
player doesn't respond as a warning to get their ass in gear.
Maneuver through the gruesome sights in the room and pick up the ++HANDGUN
AMMO++ on the shelf then break the three ++WOODEN BARRELS++ around the corner
on the east side of the room. Find the opening in the floor along the east
side of this room and drop down below via the on-screen action button prompt.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Meat w/Cleaver - To the left of the door as you move into the room.
[ ] Giant Axe - Right near the meat with meat cleaver.
[ ] Intestines - Move around the counter with the intestines and examine them
from the east side.
------------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo - On the east shelf by the boxes.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move down the cave tunnel to the north. Some bodies are in the middle of the
tunnel. You can slash them both with your knife to keep you busy while I tell
you about this next part.
The rats in this area can be shot for extra gold, though they only drop 50 or
100 gold per pickup. Time to start building that Fort Knox early, my friend!
You'll have weapons to buy and upgrade in between stages so all the gold that
you pick up along the way will help out a bit. If you're running out of ammo
though, then don't worry about them. Continue further down the tunnel then
climb the ladder at the end.
Pick up the two ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickups along with the ++GREEN HERB++
pickup. Enter ready status at the door by pressing the assist button near it
to continue.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs.
[ ] Green Herb - On the table beside the shelf.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH114]
Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
After exiting from the building, Chris and Sheva start out on a hill with a
curved path in front of them that leads down to a small building.
.---------------------------------- EXTRA/TIP --------------------------------.
| If you look off to the north while standing at the very edge of the cliff |
| that can be dropped down, you can make out both power boxes (transformers) |
| in the town area. You can shoot from the top of the cliff and they will |
| still be on the ground once the two character enter the town much later. |
| It's best to use the rifle, but with good aiming, it can be done with the |
| handgun. This will keep you from having to aim upwards during the tense |
| battle ahead in order to shoot the power boxes. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Run down the path ahead and tap the action button to drop from the ledge at the
end. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table.
Enter the building to trigger a cutscene.
.-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
| Before entering the building, your characters can shoot at a few of the |
| breakable objects inside to destroy them and prevent you from having to |
| break them while the Majini raid the building after the cutscene. This is |
| not all that helpful, but still slightly interesting. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
-- CHECKPOINT
There are no bells for elusive "women in red" to ring this time, my friend, and
I don't think these townspeople believe in games of bingo, so this sequence in
Kijuju is going to be a bit different than Meester Scott Kennedy's Pueblo
village romp.
.---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
| If either character is killed during this Public Assembly area then you'll |
| receive a death cutscene with a viewpoint of your character staring up at |
| Majini that are beating the fallen character. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Directly following the cutscene, you need to scrounge up some ammo and items
from the current items and breakable objects lying around the room. Break the
--WOODEN BARREL-- and stack of --MELONS-- along the immediate left side and
then turn around and run toward the desk then open the drawer to collect some
++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ and then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL--. On the
other side of the room, destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the stack of
--TOMATOES-- to get some more ammo.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Melons - On the table beside the first window to the left.
--> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the building beside the first window to the left.
--> Random Item
[ ] Tomatoes - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the
building.
--> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the
building.
--> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table beside the TV.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Open the drawer below the TV.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There are a few ways that you can approach this part. It all depends on the
individual and how you really want to play.
.-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
| Like the Ganados in the beginning area of Resident Evil 4, the Majini in |
| this area are rather weak and die pretty quickly to just about any attack. |
| Melee attacks after a stun do some extreme damage to these weak Majini, so |
| be sure to use these special attacks to your advantage. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
OPTION 1 --> BARRICADE THE ROOM!
Push the bookcases in front of the window on the left side of the room and push
the other bookcase in front of the door on the right side of the room. Stand
on the side of the bookcase that you want to push then hold the interact button
(X) to push the bookcase. In single player mode, you can have your partner
assist your primary character by tapping the partner assist button (O or B)
when the button icon appears while standing next to either bookcase. This will
save you time since the partner will push the bookcase and allow your character
time to push the other.
NOTE: Keep in mind that the partner assist option for interacting or picking up
an item will only appear in single player mode.
-- Tips for fighting off the Majini while in the building:
- Push each of the bookcases exactly twice with each character and this will
leave enough room to shoot the outside Majini when they break down the door
and window and the bookcase will be pushed just enough to where they can't
get through and will have to continue to pound on the obstacle. Feel free to
blast them with your handgun - shoot through the door, who cares if the door
breaks. It's really best to break the door before pushing the bookcase
against it since the bookcase is sometimes the first blockade to fall. One
neat aspect of the door trick is that you can most likely grab the items as
the Majini fall outside the doorway by moving up against the bookcase until
you receive the item pick up prompt!
- Your character can stand right near the window and equip the knife then
simply slash at the Majini instead of shooting them. It's better for Chris
to do this since he has a Machete with greater power and reach but Sheva can
hold off the Majini just as well.
- After barricading the door on the right side of the building, stand near the
far side of the grated window on the wall to the left of the door (far left)
and aim at the outside Majini then shoot at them through the window to stall
them and keep them from damaging the door and the bookcase that blocks it.
If you follow the tips above then you can easily fight off the Majini until
Chris contacts Kirk over his radio. This is much easier to do while playing
cooperatively with a person over Xbox LIVE. Stand at one of the entryways and
guard it by shooting the Majini as they try to enter the building. No matter
which entryway you choose to secure, be sure to look over at your partner to
see how that character is holding up and offer help when necessary.
It's really best to leave the building early, shortly before Chris contacts
Kirk so both players can grab the items from the fallen Majini outside.
Literally run into the middle of a Majini group that has an item near them and
pick up the item. The invincibility animation from picking up the item will
keep you safe and the Majini will likely be recovering from their attacks once
your finished. Time our item pickups to avoid attacks.
OPTION 2 --> RUSH OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND TAKE THEM ALL ON!
Only do this if you have previously played through this stage. Don't do this
on your first time through. I would advise grabbing all the ammo in the room
like normal before trying this. Jump through the window or kick down the door
and rush outside then fight off the Majini as they hop over the gate, hop off
the building rooftop, or hop off the side of the nearby wooden fence.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| The first wave of Majini pile up the most since they will most likely be |
| hopping over the gate already if you choose to grab the items inside of the |
| building, so Chris players might want to take out the Shotgun and clear |
| some of the grouped Majini. Really melee attacks work just as well also |
| for either character. You can also toss a hand grenade at them once they |
| have all landed. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
You'll want to use melee attacks for sure if you choose to take on the Majini
outside. Aim for either the head, leg, or upper part of the shoulder on the
arm that is not carrying a weapon and fire then run up to them and hit them
with a melee attack. All of Chris' melee attacks, especially his Straight
Punch work extremely well for crowds and Sheva's roundhouse from a head stun
works well for crowds as well. It is best to stand on the far left side of the
outside area (to the left after jumping out the window since the Majini can't
get behind your character as easily - get in a corner if needed.
Tips for taking on the Majini while outside:
- Before exiting the building, push a bookcase in front of the window and this
will prevent the Majini from moving through the window after the dialogue
where Chris contacts Kirk. This is extremely useful for keeping the Majini
to one side right when the Executioner is about to break the gate.
- The first wave of Majini that climb over the gate are always the most
numerous, so you might want to toss a hand grenade at them as they first
start to land on the your side. Try to make sure that most of them are on
your side before the explosion, so you can collect the items they leave
behind. This is mainly useful for online play where the Majini are much more
numerous.
- Stand at the window on the left side and wait for Majini to step in front of
it then dive out the window to knock the Majini down.
- Stand near the door on the right side of the room and wait for a Majini to
step in front of the door then kick it open to damage the Majini.
- Shoot the Majini as they climb any portion of the gate to knock them back
down the other side. See the tip below for an even better method.
- Shoot the Majini while they are on the wooden fence or while they are on the
car to make them fall and they most likely won't survive the damage of the
fall. You can also stand near the car and slash at them.
- Wait for a Majini to hop over the gate then pin it against the gate with
knife slashes. It's better if you're partner helps you out with this, like a
fellow buddy of mine. You can also slash the Majini that fall down to the
car in the east to knock them off.
- Take shelter in melee attacks since you are invincible during them. Aim at a
weak point on a Majini then simply run into an entire crowd near that one
Majini and perform a melee attack to knock down all of them and sustain
invincibility throughout the entire melee sequence.
- Like melee attacks, you are invincible during an item grab, so quickly grab
any type of item that may be in the area if a Majini is about to hit your
character.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| For this gate and any climbable fence, wait until a Majini has climbed to |
| the very top then shoot it with a handgun shot to make it fly off the fence |
| and fall to its death. |
| |
'----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------'
| The Majini with the megaphone yells out phrases from atop the wooden |
| execution walkway past the gate. Aim at him and shoot him to make him stop |
| yelling and climb down. He will actually leap off of the wooden execution |
| walkway behind the gate and climb over the fence. He will try to smack |
| Chris and Sheva with his megaphone! He will automatically hop down and |
| attack once the characters step further into the town after the gate's |
| destruction. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> CHRIS CONTACTS KIRK AS ALL HELL PREPARES TO BREAK LOOSE
Chris will contact Kirk (the helicopter pilot) eventually. This dialogue
signifies a change of plans as a new enemy prepares to step into view. As the
following dialogue plays out, Majini will begin to walk into the building from
the entrance where Chris and Sheva first entered the building from.
_________ __________
Chris: Kirk! Come in! The locals are hostile! The gate is sealed, and we're
trapped. We need backup, and we need it right now!
Kirk: Roger that. Just sit tight. I'm on my way!
Chris: Did you hear that, Sheva? Helps on the way!
Sheva: Got it! I just hope he gets here quick.
---------- ----------
Shortly after the above dialogue, a cutscene will player where Majini will
break the rooftop of the building that Chris and Sheva stepped into. If you're
still in the building then get the hell out of there! Majini will flood the
building at this point. Don't ever go back to the area where Chris and Sheva
fell down the ledge at the end of the path. If you do, then you might need to
toss a grenade into the building to clear out the Majini that will pursue your
characters before stepping back inside. Also, a new, much bigger threat is
approaching from behind the outside gate.
NOTE: If you toss a grenade shortly before the cutscene where the Majini break
through the roof then the grenade will disappear as the gameplay resumes.
.------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------.
| After the Majini break through the roof of the building, you will enter the |
| most dangerous portion of this stage since the Majini will come at your |
| characters nonstop from now on with much greater number than before. You |
| need to avoid getting surrounded and have an idea of what is around you. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Once the cutscene where the Majini break through the rooftop of the building is
finished, the Executioner from the cutscene will appear in the town outside of
the gate. He will always start out in the far right corner of the alley past
the gate (near the red explosive barrel in that corner). He will slowly walk
toward the gate then swing his axe at the entranceway to knock the gate down.
.------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------.
| While it is possible to shoot and stun the Executioner before he breaks the |
| gate, he will NOT take any damage whatsoever from any type of gunshot no |
| matter how great while he remains behind the gate, so allow him to break |
| the gate before attacking. He is only vulnerable shortly after his gate- |
| breaking swing. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Toss a hand grenade toward the gate AFTER the Executioner breaks the gate. He
needs to be fully done with the axe swing or else the hand grenade will not
damage him; it will still stun him at that time whether it damages him or not
though. Always shoot him in the head with whatever weapon your character and
he will stun quickly. From the beginning of the game, your characters will
only have a handgun, but he can be stunned with a few handgun shots the head
without much problem. Yes, he can be killed but you're going to have to work
to destroy him. It's kind of like defeating both Dr. Salvadors during the
Ganado raid in Pueblo village in Resident Evil 4 except you're fighting a
walking tank this time. Check the very end of this chapter walkthrough if you
want to see how to bring him down with extreme aggression.
.--------------------------- INFINITE TIME GLITCH ----------------------------.
| If neither character passes through the destroyed gate after the |
| Executioner breaks it down, then the dialogue that normally takes place in |
| the town will not play. The stage will basically never end as long as your |
| characters do not cross the area where the gate was. You'll have to deal |
| with the Executioner and plenty of Majini while holding your ground on the |
| other side of the gate. The Majini will eventually stop appearing after |
| enough of them have been killed. As long as your characters do not step |
| past the gate then the following dialogue will not play: |
| |
| Sheva: "There's just no end to them! |
| Chris: "We've gotta' hold out till Kirk gets here!" |
| |
| As long as your characters do not cross the gate, the above dialogue will |
| never play and the stage will never end. The moment your characters step |
| through the gate area, into the town, Majini will appear once again and the |
| dialogue will begin to play then the stage will continue like normal. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Right after the Executioner breaks down the .----------- TIP ------------.
gate, both Chris and Sheva are free to explore | The Executioner's swing |
any part of the town outside of the immediate | that knocks down the gate |
building area. Don't ever stand back and wait | cannot hit your character. |
for him to enter the area since this is such a '----------------------------'
small area and he has too great of a range for your character to stand near him
and avoid getting hit most of the time. If you noticed the brick wall without
paint inside of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from then these
are the types of walls that the Executioner can break with his axe in order to
enter a building. These type of walls are also found in the buildings up ahead
inside of the town.
+ + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + +
EXECUTIONER MAJINI
------------------
HP: 12,000
--> THE ENTRANCE GATE HAS BEEN KNOCKED DOWN
The Executioner is now a major threat to both of your characters, so let's go
over his attack arsenal.
Executioner Attacks:
1) Horizontal Swing - The Executioner holds his axe to his side then steps
forward with a swing of his axe then he steps forward with another swing
following the first. This is a very dangerous attack and the Executioner's
startup animation for it is sometimes hard to notice.
2) Overhead Swing - The Executioner holds his axe behind him then steps forward
as he performs an overhead swing. Sidestepping it can easily dodge this.
3) Turning Swing - The Executioner turns around to face your character and
swings his axe one time while turning. He doesn't perform this move that
often, but he might just surprise you with it sometimes.
4) Grab - The Executioner reaches out to grab your character from close range.
He will hold your character into the air and choke the character then throw
the character to the ground. While on the ground, press the X button when
the button prompt appears to avoid the Executioner's overhead axe chop.
Failure to dodge will result in an instant kill! This grab can be broken if
you're partner interrupts the grab with a melee attack. On single player
mode, be sure to mash the B button in order to have Sheva break the grab.
One thing that should be highly noted about this attack is if AI Sheva is
grabbed then Mr. Redfield better damn well save her with an assist melee
attack while close to the Executioner or perform some type of shot that
disrupts the grab or else Sheva will sometimes not escape the grab and she
will die!
5) Berserker Rage - When the Executioner is very low in health, he will begin
to swing his axe horizontally over and over as if in a raging state, so be
prepared to run away from him or at least back up. He will usually swing
one way then keep moving that save way, so step to the side and around him
when he starts this. He will perform both horizontal and vertical swings.
Just because he performs a vertical swing does not mean that he is finished.
As he gets lower in life, he may take quite a while to stop this combination
attack.
6) Recovery Swing - If both characters hit the Executioner with a melee attack
when the Executioner is stunned then the Executioner will crouch downward
and eventually recover while performing a set of horizontal swings
resembling the Horizontal Swing mentioned above. The only real difference
is that he has a crouching pose for the startup and will only do this after
both characters have hit him with a melee command after a stun.
NOTE: The Executioner has a certain frame of animation during some of his
attacks that will keep him safe from attacks that would normally stun him, so
if you toss a hand grenade or hit him during these times, then he will not
crouch down. This usually occurs at the very end of each attack.
.-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
| Make sure that you have an idea of where your partner is from now on since |
| this is a rather big area. In single player mode, keep Sheva on "Cover" |
| command and she will keep up with Chris and heal him when needed and Chris |
| can do the same for Sheva. |
| |
|--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------|
| DO NOT heal your partner if he/she is struck down in front of the |
| the Executioner unless the heal is near instant while the character is |
| getting up from being knocked down. The Executioner's horizontal swing is |
| capable of hitting both characters during the healing animation and sending |
| both into dying status. Work on stunning the Executioner with a shotgun |
| blast directly to the head, two handgun shots to the head or a grenade |
| tossed near him then heal your partner. A Resuscitation near the |
| Executioner is a fine choice since both characters are invincible during |
| the entire animation, but healing with a green herb can be a death sentence |
| for both characters. Remember that a green herb is automatically used |
| in place of a Resuscitation when one is your character's inventory and this |
| animation is NOT an invincibility animation. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
For the remainder of the town, allow me to take you on a guided tour, my fellow
RE fan! You don't have to follow me, since I don't move along a convenient
path, but feel free to read on:
OPTION 1 --> GO LEFT (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
- MAKE ANOTHER LEFT
When the two characters step through the gate, the blue --BREAKABLE STAND-- to
the left can be destroyed (with a hand grenade/knock a Majini into it/have the
Executioner take a swing at it)) to receive a random item.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Breakable Stand - Use a grenade to destroy the blue stand to the immediate
left after stepping through the destroyed gate. You can also knock a
Majini into it with melee or have the Executioner attack it.)
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is a ladder that can be climbed if you move left then walk beside or hop
over the small wooden fence to the left. This actually leads up to the top
portion of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from. Climb the
ladder and run along the top walkway. Majini will climb on top of this high
walkway area from below.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In a corner behind a fence railing.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the table with the Green Herb.
--> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the middle table.
[ ] Green Herb - On the table with the crate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You'll need to step around the hole in the floor and get to the other side of
this floor in order to move up to the high rooftop. The hole mentioned is
actually the hole from earlier that the Majini made to enter the building.
Climb the ladder on the other side of the hole.
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| While both characters are on the top walkway and while they are in any |
| other area where the Executioner can't reach, the Executioner will walk |
| back and forth between the many hazards below. While looking off the side |
| across from the ladder that the characters use to get up to this high area, |
| notice how the Executioner walks up and down the main path and moves by the |
| set of red barrels and walks up under the power box hanging on the wooden |
| pole beside the broken down bus. He heads toward the far gate to the north |
| (by the red barrels near the gate) and then steps into the market area in |
| the northeast. |
| |
| He will step over the small railing in the east and then walk to the south |
| (by the set of red barrels again) and then head toward the single red |
| barrel by the execution walkway. He will walk back toward the gate in the |
| north from here. The Executioner will keep up this pattern whenever both of |
| your characters are on a high area that he cannot reach or inside the bus |
| in the midportion of town! |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
On the very top of the building (third floor), three ++HAND GRENADES++ lie near
a water tower on the opposite side of the rooftop. Majini will climb the
ladder that Chris and Sheva came up and they will also climb up the side of the
sign railing of the building. This is an excellent place to stake out when
you're running low on ammo, since the Majini will begin to come in much fewer
number here than they will on the ground level of the town below. They won't
attack as much on the lower walkway either.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTION 2 --> TAKE THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
There is a set of oil canisters along the middle path that can be shot. Run
past the canisters then turn around and shoot them whenever the Executioner
moves by them and they will cause a burst of flames to stretch out along the
ground beside them and burn any Majini that happen to cross it. Your character
can stand on the opposite side and shoot at the Executioner while the wall of
flames separates him from your team. The Executioner has a bad habit of simply
walking into the flames. Keep in mind that your character can knock a Majini
into the flames by melee attacking or staggering a Majini into the fire through
gunfire.
Notice the bus in the middle of the town by across from the building by the
execution platform.
- INSIDE THE BUS
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (left).
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (right).
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- CONTINUE DOWN LEFT PATH
You'll come upon a small shack with a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside. Right up above
this shack is a transformer (power box) that can be shot down in order to
damage enemies. The unique aspect of these power boxes is that, once the
electrical surge dies down, they can be shot again and again in to restart the
electricity in them and shock any nearby enemies that happen to step near them.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back left corner of the small shack.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ENTER THE MIDDLE BUILDING
After opening the door, --HANDGUN AMMO (+10)-- is lying on a table to your
immediate left. The Executioner can break through the wall on the right side
of this building and the wall on the left side. Open the drawer of the cabinet
right across from the handgun ammo and take the --MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)-- from
inside. If you need to make a quick escape from the building then jump through
window next to the left corner to the side.
.--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
| The Executioner can destroy the weak walls in these buildings and hit your |
| character with that particular swing, so stay away from the weak brick |
| walls. Your character can destroy them by throwing a grenade at them. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Further around the left corner a ++GREEN HERB++ and some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++
are on a table and another ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup is lying on some bags.
There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- beside the bags. Watch out for the wall to
the left since the Executioner can break through it.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying near the sandbags (right).
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying across from the sandbags (left).
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table to the immediate left after opening
the door.
[ ] Green Herb - Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the sandbags in the right corner near the
barrels across from the window.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTION 3 --> CONTINUE DOWN THE RIGHT PATH (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
To the immediate right is an alley behind the execution platform that has a red
explosive barrel in the corner of it. The Executioner can be lured here or you
can lure him further ahead down the middle path and shoot the oil canisters to
the side in order to ignite the ground and burn the Executioner and any Majini
that move along the path. The ladder of the execution platform across from the
group of red barrels can be climbed; the platform makes a good sniping spot for
shooting the Executioner below. Be aware that the Executioner can get on this
platform, it just takes him time. He will enter the building below, next to
the execution platform, then walk up the stairs inside and come after your
character.
- ENTER THE BUILDING NEAR THE EXECUTION PLATFORM
Speaking of the building that the Executioner goes to, you can enter that
building and pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the
group of shelves to your left after opening the door. Look to the right and
open the drawer of the blue cabinet to find some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ inside.
There is some ++MACHINE GUN AMMO++ on a shelf with a --WOODEN CRATE-- lying
beside it in the far right corner (while entering via the door) of this floor
also.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the shelf near the Machine Gun Ammo.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Incendiary Grenade - On the shelf with the hand grenade.
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the shelf with the incendiary grenade.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside the cabinet drawer across from the shelf with
the grenades.
[ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the shelf to the far left of the door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can choose to go up the stairs from here and move out onto the execution
platform or jump out the nearby window and enter the area with stands up ahead.
For this walkthrough, I'm going to hightail it out the window.
The Executioner can break all the wooden stands in this area, but he needs to
step over the nearby fence in order to get to your character, so keep that in
mind if he is nearby.
- DEEPER INTO THE TOWN
There is a transformer on a pole in the very middle of the main path that
stretches across the town that can be shot down like the power box from
earlier. Aim up and shoot it when the Executioner steps by it. Remember that
it can shot again (while it is grounded) whenever the electricity stops for
another burst of electricity.
Look up ahead and spot the white and red umbrella to the right of the back
gate. This nostalgic scenery actually stands as a marker for an important
weapon. Open the --METAL CASE-- below the umbrella and take the ++VZ61 (MG)++
machine gun from inside.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: VZ61 (MG)
Location: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1
Details: Open the metal case on the stand under the red and white umbrella to
the right of the locked north door during the Public Assembly timed portion.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
There is a group of --TOMATOES-- near the case, but they don't ever hold any
type of item. You can shoot the oil canisters near the stands to trigger a
fire just like near the entrance to the town. Once the closest --BREAKABLE
STAND-- is destroyed near the barrels (through enemy hits or the fire) a random
item will appear where it was. There is another random item in the --BREAKABLE
STAND-- further to the side, but you'll need to throw a grenade at it or allow
the Executioner to break it in order to get the item.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Tomatoes - On the stand with the metal case.
--> Definite Item: Nothing
[ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closet to the group of red barrels
[shoot the red barrels to destroy it].
--> Random Item
[ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the other stand by the one mentioned above - use
a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack
it.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] VZ61 (MG) - Open the metal case on the stand with the red and white
umbrella hanging overhead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The gate in the back of the town is locked. Move across to the opposite side
of the section above (left side) and hit the group of --MELONS-- for an item
then turn your attention to the stands further ahead and pick up the ++HANDGUN
AMMO (+10)++ then destroy the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- for an extra item. If
you have a hand grenade, you can toss it at the --BREAKABLE STAND-- closest to
the stairs that lead up to the middle building and the --BREAKABLE STAND--
behind the stand with the melons and a random item will appear in the debris of
both of them.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Melons - On the stand across from the stand near the wooden barrel.
--> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the stand with the Handgun Ammo.
--> Random Item
[ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closest to the set of stairs leading up
to the middle building rooftop [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with
melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]).
--> Random Item
[ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closest to the wooden barrel [use a
grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack
it]).
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the stand near the wooden barrel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- THE TOP OF THE MIDDLE BUILDING
Find the stairs that lead up to the rooftop of .----------- TIP ------------.
the building in the back of it. Move up the | Your character can leap |
stairs and run to the left. A red explosive | over to the top of the bus |
barrel will be sitting right near a ledge. | early by jumping from the |
Run toward the explosive barrel and hop over to | far left end of the middle |
the top of the shack up ahead. You can actually | building rooftop (right |
lead the Executioner up to the top of the middle | side). |
building and stand near the explosive barrel '----------------------------'
then quickly leap to the shack rooftop and shoot the explosive barrel. The
Executioner cannot reach your character while on either of the nearby rooftops
(shack or bus). Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ in the corner near the fence while on
the shack rooftop. You have to be careful while up on this rooftop since
Majini will begin to climb and hop over the nearby fence as well as hop to the
rooftop from the nearby middle building and the bus roof.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - In the corner of the rooftop of the shack near the fence.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
While on top of the shack rooftop, turn to the bus and hop on top of it. Rush
to the opposite side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the
stack of tires at the end. While on the bus roof, be on the lookout for Majini
that will climb the bus from the below and also keep an eye out on the Majini
that are leaping onto the bus from the top of the shack. You can leap back to
the middle building by stepping toward the side closest to it for a jump
command that will make your character hop back over to it.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - At the far end of the top of the bus.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is a list of the character phrases that can be heard throughout this
stage. Each one signifies how much time you have left.
__________ __________
Sheva: There's just no end to them!
Chris: We've gotta hold out until Kirk gets here!
---------- ----------
__________ __________
Kirk: (over radio) Chris. Sheva. How you holding up? I'll be there shortly.
Just hang in there.
---------- ----------
__________ __________
Kirk: (over radio) Sorry to keep you waiting! I'm going to take out the door!
Find some cover!
---------- ----------
If you can manage to defeat the Executioner, then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++.
This item can be sold for 5,000 gold at the shop at the end of the chapter.
Once Kirk mentions the last phrase shown above then the entire stage will be
finished.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Executioner Majini before the timer
of the Pubic Assembly raid ends.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--> TEARING THROUGH THE EXECUTIONER
Tips:
- After the Executioner breaks the gate, toss a hand grenade at him to damage
him and stun him. This will allow your characters to fire at him from close
range then perform a melee attack right after he breaks the gate. Keep in mind
that the Executioner is invincible while he is behind the gate and while he is
performing his gate-swing axe attack.
- Keep in mind that the Executioner's axe swing that breaks the gate cannot hit
your character, so you can literally stand right next to the gate and hit him
with gunfire after breaks it. This axe swing will knock away any Majini that
happen to be in the way, but it will pass right through your character.
- When the Executioner is stunned from taking too much damage, shoot him in the
head with the handgun (or other weapon) a few times from close range then
quickly cancel the final shot before he recovers into a melee attack - wait
until he starts to rise. Once he is FULLY standing, he cannot be hit with a
melee attack.
- The Executioner can be double teamed. Directly after a partner's melee
attack, run up to the Executioner yourself for a melee attack prompt. Only two
melee attacks may be performed per stun. If your partner hits the Executioner
while the Executioner is grappling your character, run up to the Executioner
yourself and perform a melee attack as he staggers. Learn to take advantage of
this "buddy system" we have here to avoid being "sandwiched". The Executioner
will always perform a recovery swing after being hit with two melee attacks in
a row, so always back away from him after the second melee attack - it IS
possible to restun him by shooting him in the head before he performs the
recovery swing, but it is extremely risky.
- If you're playing single player, then run up to the Executioner while he is
stunned and hit him with a melee attack with Chris then run toward the
Executioner and move behind him; if she is in "Cover" assist mode, Sheva will
follow Chris and melee attack the Executioner as she runs by.
- The Executioner's overhead swing can be dodge by simply sidestepping to the
right or left. You can actually use this sidestepping technique to remain
close to him and blast him. His horizontal swing can be avoided by constantly
backing up, but don't rely on this all the time, especially when he starts to
go berserk!
- Regarding the above tip, remember these move startup animations:
holding axe behind him = vertical (overhead) swing
holding axe to the side of him = horizontal swing
- The Executioner will kill any Majini that he hits with his big axe, so he can
clear a whole crowd for your characters. All the Majini that stand in front of
the gate as he breaks it will be damaged by his axe.
- Gunfire aimed directly at the Executioner's head will stun him extremely
quick. Just two handgun shots directly in the head should be enough to stun
him in single player and co-op modes. Firing rapidly at his head with the
machine gun will stun him quickly also. If this is your second playthrough,
one close range shotgun blast to the head will usually stun him, one rifle shot
directly to the head will stun him. Keep in mind that the Executioner must be
standing and moving in order to stun him - gunfire while he is getting up will
not count towards a stun.
- Time your reloads so that you reload in front of the Executioner while he is
stunned so that the action command for hitting him appears while your character
is reloading. Right when your character starts to reload, press the button for
the action command to make your character end the reload animation and
automatically start the melee command. This will reload your weapon without
having to watch the entire animation. One neat aspect about this technique is
that you can shoot off a few rounds while close to the Executioner then be able
to reload before finishing off the close encounter with a melee attack.
- Much like the reload technique mentioned above, if you stand in front of the
Executioner when he is stunned then fire off a shot, the animation for the shot
can be interrupted by inputting the command for a melee attack. This mainly
useful for the shotgun and rifle (if this is your second playthrough) since the
handgun already has a fast rate of fire and so does the machine gun, but at
least you can cancel the animation of your character lowering the weapon.
- The characters can run inside the broken down bus and blast the Executioner
through the windows. You'll obviously have to watch for the Majini that enter
the bus from the door. Keep in mind that if the Executioner swings, you are NOT
safe from his hits while in the bus - he can hit both characters through the
walls of the bus! It is possible to step in and out of the bus to lure him
toward it then shoot him from inside. He will almost always walk away after
the characters enter the bus. If he swings however, the walls of the bus will
not protect the characters.
- Set up traps for the Executioner - have him follow you into a building then
jump out the window of the building and toss a hand grenade inside the
building. Lead him under a power box and shoot it or lead him near a fallen
power box then shoot it to set off an electric current once again. Lead him
near explosive barrels and shoot them also, just be far enough away to where
your character is not caught in the electric current.
- Shoot the Executioner from far or long range with the handgun. If you want
to take him down quickly then you're going to have to pump every SINGLE PIECE
OF AMMO INTO HIM WITHOUT THE SLIGHTEST THOUGHT OF CONSERVING. Toss hand
grenades or incendiary grenades at him once they are collected and this will
speed up the process dramatically. Incendiary grenades really work best
against the Majini rather than the Execution but they work well to stagger the
Executioner from close range. Aim toward the ground in front of your character
then toss the incendiary grenade if you have to; just don't toss it directly at
your feet or you'll get burned!
- Run up the steps behind the middle building then stand near the railing
overlooking the staircase while on the rooftop and shoot the Executioner in the
head as he moves up the stairs.
- The swarming Majini are really the worst part about fighting the Executioner,
so you can't stay in one place for too long without surveying your immediate
area. Always look around a bit for nearby Majini while fighting the
Executioner to avoid getting surrounded. After stunning a Majini, run up to it
and activate a melee attack immediately to keep your character from getting
surrounded and to keep your character from getting hit. Picking up items while
in the midst of a mob can really help out for immediate invincibility against
any type of attack as well.
- Setting your AI partner to the Attack (Go) command from the moment that the
gate is knocked down will make that character more aggressive and that
character will shoot the Executioner more often. The downside to this is that
the AI partner may not always be there to help your character when your main
character enters dying status.
--> SPOTS WHERE THE EXECUTIONER CANNOT FOLLOW
- The top walkway above the building that Chris and Sheva enter at the
beginning. This is accessible by climbing the ladder behind the small fence
to the left after entering the town once the Executioner has broken the gate
down.
- The inside of the bus in the middle of the town. He can hit the characters
through the side of the bus if he swings, so watch for his attacks if he is
berserking!
- Jump across to the top of the shack or the top of the broken down bus while
on top of the middle building.
NOTE: He can reach the top of the execution platform, but he must go up the
stairs in the building next to the platform, so your character can seek
temporary relief while on the platform then leap off of it when the Executioner
climbs up to the platform. It's possible to take advantage of constantly
leaping off and climbing back onto the top of the executioner platform. The
Executioner will simply keep turning and walking up and down the ramp.
--> THE GAME PLAN (SUMMARY OF OWNING HIM) [SINGLE PLAYER METHOD]
So basically, from the beginning, (a) toss a hand grenade at the gate after the
Executioner breaks it, (b) equip a weapon (the handgun will do) then run up to
the Execution and hit him with continuous blasts to the head (c) melee attack
him right before he fully stands to end the final blast (if you're on single
player then run by him and allow the AI partner to hit him with a melee
attack), (d) run down the middle path (towards the first building) and shoot
the Executioner with the handgun when you turn then wait for him to step next
to the group of red barrels then shoot them to burn him (e) stand on the other
side of the flames and keep shooting the Executioner with the handgun even
while he burns.
(f) Enter the building to the east and grab the hand grenade and incendiary
grenade, (g) jump out the north window of the current building then run to the
north. Pick up the VZ61 machine gun from the metal case for some extra
firepower. Run to the stack of melons on the cart to the northwest and slash
them then grab the hand grenade inside, (h) run into the middle of town and
allow the Executioner to step near the middle portion of the path with the
overhead transformer then toss a hand grenade below him, (i) the resulting
explosion will stun him and knock the transformer down, which will electrocute
him. Run up to him and perform shots with a gun then cancel into a melee. Try
to approach a side where your character is facing the electrified transformer
so that your character knocks him into it. (j) quick turn and run then toss
another hand grenade. The Executioner will be hit by the hand grenade explosion
and the transformer shock once again, so run up to him again and blast him some
more then cancel into a melee.
Still alive?
(k) Quick turn and run away then toss an incendiary grenade then blast him with
the handgun from a safe distance. (l) he will now be so weak that he will
perform his Berserker Rage swings, so allow him to charge directly toward the
north gate then shoot the oil canisters near the gate to burn him.
NOTE 1: Remember that you can also stand right near the gate as the Executioner
walks up to it and blast him in head continuously with a gun.
NOTE 2: The surrounding Majini (especially while in co-op play) can easily
screw up your game plan when tossing grenades, so the above method might not
always go so well. The main problem I have is with random Majini grabs and a
Majini stepping in front of my character before I toss a hand grenade. You
just have to improvise with another hand grenade or allow the Executioner to
perform his overhead hit then sidestep to the side and blast him with the
shotgun to stun him.
NOTE 3: Cancel into a melee early if the surrounding Majini are about to hit
your character while you blast the Executioner from close range.
--> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE EXECUTIONER WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY
If you want to fire off some extra shots and your partner rushes in and
performs a melee, you can still get off a few shots along with a melee cancel.
Run up to the Executioner as he staggers then perform a few quick blasts with
your weapon then cancel that blast into a melee immediately. Both characters
can do this no problem. Even if the melee is delayed enough to where the
Executioner is actually moving after the command is entered, it will still hit
him and knock him back.
--> CO-OP STRATEGY FOR THE EXECUTIONER
While playing cooperatively, you're going to be swarmed with extra Majini, so
you really can't stand near him and restun him. You're most likely going to
have cancel your gun blasts early because of the surrounding Majini.
From the start, make sure that you grab the hand grenade in the melon stack by
the window. Toss this grenade toward the fence as the Executioner breaks it
with his axe and this will both stun him and clear out any nearby Majini
allowing you to shoot him a few times then melee him with both characters. Run
down the middle path then wait for him to step near the oil canisters and then
shoot them to halt him and the Majini that follow around him.
- Character 1 (most likely Chris)
At this point, one character should immediately run toward the middle building
on the east side and go inside after the oil canisters are shot. Grab the
grenades and maybe the machine gun ammo inside then quickly jump out the window
on the north side. Open the inventory and equip a hand grenade while jumping
through the window.
Run to the northwest and find the stack of melons then slash at them and pick
up the grenades form that pile. Now you have two hand grenades and an
incendiary grenade. Toss the incendiary grenade at a nearby group of Majini if
they start to swarm your character.
- Character 2 (Sheva)
The other character could enter the building on the west side and grab the
green herb inside and maybe the machine gun ammo then jump out the window on
the northwest side. You need some sort of extra healing item in case something
goes wrong with Character 1, because it can very easily.
Really, Sheva could stay outside of the buildings and simply back up and fire
her rifle at the Executioner. Watch out for Majini that come from the north
however.
- Both Characters Meet
Wait until the Executioner reaches the middle portion of the town, in between
the two buildings then toss a hand grenade at him. The hand grenade should
stun him and make the electric transformer fall right next to him, which will
electrify him for some extra damage. Run up and get the usual hits in on him
depending on the character that you are currently using. If the Executioner
gets stuck with his back to the transformer while it is electrified, then a
melee attack can actually make him stagger into the electrified transformer for
extra damage. Both characters should run up and melee attack him, but the
first melee attack should be delayed until right before he recovers so you can
blast him a bit while he is stunned. The second melee attack can be delayed as
well so both character can pump more gunfire into him shortly before the melee
attack is executed.
Remember to back up to avoid his recovery swing after the second melee attack -
a grenade can actually stun him during the recovery swing. After the second
melee attack toss another hand grenade when he begins to move toward your
character (make sure that he is moving or it won't stun him). The hand grenade
will once again stun him and electrify him because of the nearby transformer.
Run up to him again then blast him and cancel into a melee attack. This should
damage him greatly.
The most important part for this advice is to grab the hand grenades - that's
literally all I get since they are basically enough to take him down if Chris
uses the handgun on the Executioner while in close range during a stun.
- An Alternate Route
Instead of having one character enter the west house, that character could also
climb up the ladder in the southeast section just past the gate then grab the 3
hand grenades at the very top of the roof after climbing the second ladder.
This takes quite a bit of time and leaves your partner open to attack all that
time without your help. The good part about this is that many of the Majini
will focus on the character that climbs the ladder however. The character that
moves up the ladder can also toss the grenades from the rooftop if the
Executioner is below or that character can move back down the platforms and
join up with the partner. If you do this while playing alongside me online,
then the Executioner will probably be falling when you arrive, I'm afraid, so
you could use the grenades on the surrounding Majini at least!
- Confusing the Executioner
Both characters can get on opposite sides of the Executioner and basically
confuse him. He can only come after one at time, so one character can blast
him with the handgun while the other lures him away and sets him up for a melee
attack with a tossed hand grenade.
--> EXECUTIONER EXPLOITS
- The Executioner must stop everything that he is doing and step over the small
wooden fences in the west area right outside the gate to the town and in the
northeast area beside the nearby building. You can hop over the small wooden
fence in each of these areas and wait for the Executioner to approach then
blast him as he steps over the wooden fence. Once he steps to your side,
simply hop back over to the opposite side and make him step over again. The
best fence to do this with is the one in the west right outside the town gate.
The fence near the locked gate in the north has a window near it that you can
hop through to get away from any Majini that pile up - hop through the window
then clear out the Majini then hop back over and take on the Executioner. The
Executioner will most likely walk to the front door, so he will leave the
immediate area but quickly come back and have to step over the fence once again
when you hop back outside!
- It's also possible to lure the Executioner into the first building and vault
back and forth over the railing inside to make him step over it much like the
small wooden fences. It's a little funny to watch him step over such a high
railing.
- The Executioner's swing that knocks down the gate after the cutscene where
the Majini break through the roof CANNOT hit your character, so you take
advantage of this by getting right next to the gate as he breaks it then blast
him or stand right near the gate and continually blast him while he walks up to
it, knowing that you will not get hit when he breaks it.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
- - - - - -
___ _ _ _ ____ [CH12]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | |___ \
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ __) |
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|/ __/
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_____|
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 1-2 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 15+ | 10 | 7 | <6 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <13'00" | 18'00" | 23'00" | 23'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH121]
Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Chris and Sheva will start out in the aftermath of the Public Assembly battle.
All Majini are now gone, all destructible objects in the town area are now
destroyed and all items in the town area have disappeared. There are two
++HAND GRENADES++ on the roof of the building that Chris and Sheva first
entered the Public Assembly from however. Rush back to the southwest portion
and move up the ladder behind the small fence. Move up the next ladder to step
onto the rooftop where the two grenades are.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building.
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run past the gate that Kirk destroyed with the helicopter. There is a --WOODEN
BARREL-- inside of the small shack to the right as the characters step past the
newly opened gate. You can jump out the window of the building then land in
the drainage area below to be able to see a wooden barrel behind a fence up
ahead.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| You see that --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the fence in the drainage area to the |
| west? Run up to the fence and slash the barrel through the fence and |
| you'll be able to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ inside without having to get it |
| from the other end of the area. Climb the ladder in the drainage area. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Move around the side of the building above the drainage ditch in the west.
Find the set of double doors in the northwest. There is a dropoff with a
ladder in front of the door. You can fall into the drainage area below and
slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside to gain ++400 GOLD++ if you already haven't.
Return to the double doors and activate the ready command while beside them to
move on.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room.
--> Definite Item: 400 gold
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH122]
Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
U R B A N D I S T R I C T
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Both characters will be able to hear Captain Dechant over radio upon first
stepping into this area. Kick open the door to the building up ahead then step
inside. Slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- then take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++
from the table near the barrel.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Drawers - The Drawers on the south side of the room near the barrels can be
examined.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table beside the barrel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop through the window or step around the north corner then open the door to
the west. Some Majini can be heard up ahead.
When the characters walk toward the broken ladder a slight cutscene will play.
Both characters can press the assist button near the ladder for a partner
assist action (assist jump). This makes Chris hoist Sheva up to the floor
above. There is really no reason to do this other than to see a key item that
neither character can reach just yet. The Sheva player should fall back down
after the cutscene. On any playthrough, you can simply skip this partner
assist action.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Barred Window - The Sheva player can examine the barred window on the
second floor after the partner assist action in order to see a key item.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Find the alley to the west. A female Majini is hunched over a dead body at the
end of the alley. She will be alerted to the characters presence soon, so
prepare to blast her. She actually won't attack from a distance until a
character aims a her. She feels that hot laser on her back ready to blast
through her skull!
When you step into the next area, a Majini will be beating a dead body behind
the fence to the north. If you step near the fence then he will notice the
characters and climb the gate to attack them. You can simply shoot him while
he is at the top of the fence and make him suffer damage from the fall. It's
really best to let Majini such as this come to your side; this way, you'll reap
the reward of the item drop that they might possibly leave behind instead of
having it closed off to you. Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of
the fence and other --WOODEN BARREL-- in the alcove to the east.
-------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In front of the fence to the north.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| If the characters run up to the fence on the far south side then a blonde |
| haired woman will fall from the side of the wall behind the fence and a |
| Majini will quickly reach down and grab her then drag her away. Neither of |
| them can be hit. They are immune to damage and will not stagger when shot. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| A character can stand near the south fence and shoot all the boxes inside |
| the stand on the other side so that the pile falls over. A Majini hides |
| behind them and will knock them down once a player approaches the stand |
| after moving around the corners to the west. If enough of them are shot |
| out of the way, the Majini will be huddled in the stand and only be able to |
| knock aside a few boxes instead of a whole pile. It's quite hilarious to |
| watch his attempt at a scare fail from a FAQ author's thought ahead of |
| time. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Two more Majini will approach your characters from the south. Slash the stack
of --TOMATOES-- in front of the west building. A Majini will attack when your
characters step into the building (he drops through the roof). Slash the
--WOODEN CRATE-- inside the building. You'll find a broken ladder outside the
building to the south. A Majini will step out from the area behind the ladder.
Finish him off then ignore the ladder for now and enter the path behind it then
slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table at the end.
-------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
[ ] Tomatoes - On table by some sandbags to the southwest.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the right freezer, inside the west building.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the table in the area behind the second broken ladder.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return to the nearby broken ladder. You can perform a partner assist action
(assist jump) with this ladder as well, but this one has purpose!
> > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < < <
Move along the rooftops and head to the north. Use the command to jump to the
room in the far north. The moment Sheva steps into this room, Chris is going
to have to deal with some Majini below. The Chris player will not be
completely overwhelmed though, so don't worry about getting back to him.
Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the top of the freezer and break the --WOODEN
CRATE-- on the table to the right then grab the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from
the middle table.
Collect the **OLD BUILDING KEY** on the cabinet on the far northwest side of
the room. Run back along the rooftops and get back to your pahrtna' now.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the freezer to the left as Sheva enters the room.
[ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the middle table.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right after entering the room.
--> Random Item
----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
[ ] Old Building Key - On the cabinet in the southwest portion of the room that
only Sheva can get to.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
> > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < <
< < < < <
> > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < < <
Chris doesn't really have that much to do here. As soon as Sheva enters the
building then three Majini will attack him. Simply shoot them in an area that
will stun them for a melee attack then give them an uber Redfield knockdown.
> > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < <
< < < < <
Once both characters regroup, step into the small room to the east then open
the door at the end. Hop through the window directly ahead then break the
--WOODEN CRATE-- inside.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on the right freezer in the room in front of the red
door.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop back outside the room then move along the nearby alley to the south. A
Majini will try to climb over the fenced portion of the wall to the east, so
shoot him at the peak of his climb as he tries to climb or allow him to come to
your side then blast him for a possible item.
You'll run across a --WOODEN BARREL-- along the alley as both characters work
their way to the southeast. A Majini will knock over the cardboard boxes that
cover a stand as the two characters walk by it. Slash the stack of
--TOMATOES-- on the table under the umbrella further ahead. You can toss a
grenade or knock a Majini into the stand to the right of the tomatoes to break
it for a random item.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - This is lying along the alley.
--> Random Item
[ ] Tomatoes - Lying on a table under an umbrella to the south.
--> Definite Item: Incendiary Grenade
[ ] Stand - Toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand near the tomatoes
to break it.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the west of the building by a fence.
--> Random Item
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Red Door - Red door of the nearby building
[ ] Blue Door - Blue door up the stairs of the nearby building
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The red door near the characters and the blue door up the stairs of the nearby
building are locked. You might as well collect the random item from the nearby
--WOODEN BARREL-- to the west before doing anything else. Approach the blue
door below the stairs of the nearby building then open it and step inside.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - By a fence to the west.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the cabinet off to the right then
enter the room around the corner to the east and collect the ++400 GOLD++ and
++100 GOLD++ from the long desk. Unlock the door if you want.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - Lying on a cabinet to the right as the characters
enter the first floor of the building
[ ] 400 gold - Step into the room off to the right before going upstairs to
find this on a desk.
[ ] 100 gold - Lying on the desk beside the 400 gold pickup.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move up the stairs and step onto the second floor. Take the ++FIRST AID
SPRAY++ from the top of the metal container to the south. Step out onto the
east walkway and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the left. Be sure to shoot the
--BSAA EMBLEM (1/30)-- on the south side of this rooftop as referenced below.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #01
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Look off the south side of the east walkway after
\________/ after climbing up the stairs in the building with the two locked
doors to find this BSAA emblem on the outside wall of the
building to the south behind a fence. Aim and look downward.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Drawers - Check the drawers to the side of the first aid spray pickup.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the east outside walkway.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] First Aid Spray - On the south metal container after moving up the stairs.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step back into the building then walk to the west walkway. You can unlock the
blue door to the south if you want. This is the one that was above the stairs.
Two Majini will attack from the outside walkway. One of them knocks over some
cardboard boxes from the right side of the walkway. They probably stack them
up themselves to provide a cheap fright for locals as they knock them over.
Find the chest to the left along the outside walkway and open it to collect the
++ANTIQUE CLOCK++ treasure.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Antique Clock [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: After climbing the stairs in the building with the
two locked doors, fight off the two Majini that attack near
the west walkway then step out onto it and turn left to
find a chest containing this treasure.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Instead of going all the way back down the stairs and exiting the building,
simply drop down off the side of the west walkway to get back to where the
characters were previously at below. Walk toward the door to the north and use
the assist button near it to kick it open and trigger a cutscene.
-- CHECKPOINT
Hey, wasn't that Allyson? Adam's girl? You know from the Kijuju blog. Go and
visit the blog right now and read up on the story of Adam and Allyson if you
don't know about them. It provides some good backstory for her character.
www.kijujublog.blogspot.com
Seriously, go now and read it before walking up the steps ahead and you'll feel
more content in a few seconds. It doesn't provide a major plot device, but
still...
If you collected the Old Building Key then use it to unlock the door of the
building to the west. Break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- then take the ++ITHACA
M37 (SG)++ from the plaque inside the building.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: Ithaca M37 (SG)
Location: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
Details: Have Sheva collect the old building key by moving along the rooftops
after using the partner assist action near the second broken ladder then, after
the cutscene with Allyson, unlock the blue door to the nearby building then
collect this weapon from the plaque inside.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building that must be unlocked with the Old
Building Key.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Moving up the ladder to reach the rooftop of the building and climbing up to
the top of the crate in the northwest have little significance unless you're
chasing after the chicken in this area and it happens to fly on top of either
area.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| The chicken in this area can lay a variety of random eggs. There are four |
| types of chicken eggs altogether: White (Common), Brown (Uncommon), Gold |
| (Rare), and Rotten (dropped by an enemy). The chicken might lay one of the |
| first three eggs if the characters leave it alone in a certain place for a |
| while. |
| |
| An egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy much like tossing a grenade |
| or you can "Use" or press the assist button to eat the egg for a health |
| restore depending on the egg type: |
| |
| White (minor), Brown (moderate), Gold (full), Rotten (-50% health) |
| |
| Rotten Eggs will take enough damage to kill most Majini in one hit when |
| thrown. Their damage rate is 2,000 per hit, so they damage more than a |
| beginning level magnum when they hit an enemy. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below the stairs of the north building then climb
the stairs of the building and move toward the door to trigger a cutscene.
-------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the staircase of the north building.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-Boss --> Allyson (blonde woman)
My dear Allyson, Adam wouldn't even recognize you anymore... and he sure won't
in a few minutes, now that you've dared to raise those pretty little mouth
appendages to a Redfield. You get a Haymaker to that pretty little face for
that fright earlier, my dear... an uber Redfield Haymaker.
.---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
| Right at the starting of the battle, if you want to tag team melee Allyson |
| in single player then shoot her in the arm, issue the "Go" command to Sheva,|
| perform a hook on Allyson then Sheva should be behind her to knee her back |
| to Chris. Perform the Haymaker from the front side or step around her |
| backside as she staggers to get the Back Hand command. |
| |
| It's so wrong and disrespectful, but it leaves me feeling so good when I |
| I think about it. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Directly after the cutscene, Allyson will attack both character. She is just
like an ordinary Majini except for the fact that she has a bit more health.
She has about the same amount of health as the Majini with the megaphone back
at the Public Assembly in Chapter 1-1.
Weaken Allyson and defeat her like you would a normal Majini then her head will
bust open to reveal a parasite called a Cephalo. These centipede-like head
appendages strike from medium to close range with their necks. In order to
defeat it, aim for the centipede head and fire at it with any weapon. The
handgun and machine gun really work the best since you can spam it with rapid
fire without knocking it down but if it gets too close then fire a shotgun
blast at it then empty handgun or machine gun bullets into its head while it's
down.
There is a way to avoid the Cephalo spawning however. Simply shoot Allyson in
the leg then run behind her and perform an instant kill melee attack with
either character. Problem solved. This works for any type of parasite
spawning while fighting a Majini. If you want to finish off Allyson in style
however, simply shoot her in an arm and bounce her back and forth then perform
a co-op melee attack against her to finish her off for good also. Go ahead and
perform that Skull Crusher that you're no doubt brainstorming.
Besides Allyson, other Majini will enter the building after a short while.
Simply stun the extra Majini with gunfire then knock them down with a melee
attack. About six extra Majini will attack altogether (not all at once,
usually in groups of two). Allyson will leave behind the --IVORY RELIEF--
treasure.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ivory Relief [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Allyson (blonde woman) will drop this treasure
after she is defeated.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: The Works
Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go.
Details: In single player mode, right when the battle begins, shoot Allyson in
the arm for an arm stun, issue the "Go" command so that you're AI partner runs
behind her. Quickly hit Allyson with a melee attack from up close before she
recovers from the arm stun and your AI partner should be right behind her, so
that character can bounce her back. Let loose the tag team melee button input
command when it appears and you'll bag yourself a trophy/achievement.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
There is nothing outside the door that leads to the second floor walkway where
Allyson was standing in the cutscene. Break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table
in the west room.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - In the west room of the building, the opposite room from the
room where Allyson is fought.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Leave the building by opening the door and stepping down the staircase to the
west. Kirk will come in over radio and mention that Alpha Team is under
attack. Four Majini will step into view from the south and move toward the
characters. I feel a tag team melee coming on.
The double door gate to the west is locked. You can step over to the large
crate up the steps then climb on top and drop behind the west wall or simply
move around the back side of the crate and go through the hole in the wall on
other side. Run to the far north end of the path to the side and break the two
--WOODEN BARRELS--. The lock for the double door iron gate can be broken by
kicking it or shooting off the lock, but there is really no need to do this.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open the door on the southwest side of the next building with the assist
"ready" command to continue.
[CH123]
Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A B A N D O N E D B U I L D I N G
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Step around the corner of the dimly lit hall up ahead. A cutscene will play
eventually to showcase the area. Open the door to the nearby room then step
inside.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Sink - The sink off to the left upon stepping into the room.
[ ] Bags - The pile of bags around the corner to the east. They are to the
left around the first east corner.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Navigate around the corridor up ahead. There are a few rats running about.
They've likely heard that Exterminator Redfield and Alomar are treasure
hunting. Move to the corridor and walk up the stairs.
Notice the black oozing liquid moving out of the ceiling. Both Chris and Sheva
can stand under it and allow it to drip on them. Thankfully neither of them
get dirty. It slides right off Sheva's smooth skin and Chris's granite
composition.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Black Liquid - The black liquid that drips from the ceiling of the stairs
can be examined.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow the corridor to the east at the top of the stairs. A body will step
into view ahead. You can slash it with your knife. Slash open the --WOODEN
CRATE-- on the cabinet. Sheva will speak a little about the corpse as both
character move past it. Break open the next --WOODEN BARREL-- in the southwest
corner of the room ahead.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Dead corpse - The dead corpse that steps into view can be interacted with
once it falls.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the cabinet, to the east after getting off the stairs.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Climb the ladder up ahead. Just like RE4, these ladder can be knocked over
with the "Knock Down" command that appears while standing above one.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #02
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Abandoned Building - Chapter 1-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After climbing the ladder, move to the center of the
\________/ walkway to the side. Look up and to the northwest to spot a
dead Alpha Team soldier hanging on a wooden pole then look
toward the water tower further upward to see this BSAA emblem on
the framework below it.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You see that dead Alpha Team soldiers that hangs on the wooden pole up above
while looking off the side railing? You can be an evil bastard and shoot the
corpse then watch it slowly fall off the pole. I once had him hanging off the
pole with one arm. Anyway... be sure to look up toward the water tower off to
the northwest rooftop and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (2/30)-- on the framework
below it.
.------------------------------------ EXTRA ----------------------------------.
| The crows that fly overhead in this area can be shot. They will help to |
| boost your kills for this chapter and might carry random items. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Move directly to the north and slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. Step
past the next Alpha Team corpse along the west walkway. Turn to the left once
you reach the door then hop over the gap in the walkway using the command that
appears while standing next to the hole in the walkway. Open the chest on the
other side and collect the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++. Leap
back across the gap then use the partner action command to kick down the next
door and trigger a cutscene.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the
ladder.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the
ladder.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ at Captain DeChant's feet then break open the
--WOODEN CRATE-- on the north cabinet and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east
cabinet.
------------------------------------------------------------------INVESTIGATION
[ ] Captain DeChant's corpse - Lying at the character's feet after the
cutscene.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the north side of the room.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the east side of the room.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo - Lying at Captain DeChant's feet.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open the blue door to the south and follow the corridor ahead as it moves to
the north. Use the command in front of the controls to open the elevator door
then step inside and use the partner assist command to go down.
[CH124]
Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
F U R N A C E F A C I L I T Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the elevator doors then move
down the hall to the south up ahead.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the elevator.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow the hall ahead as it curves to the east then move up the stairs and open
the door at the top. Slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- to the right of the
dead Alpha Team soldier then slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door up
ahead.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Black Slime - On the left corner of the wall at the right turn.
[ ] Alpha Team Soldier - The dead Alpha Team soldier on the floor.
[ ] Door - The locked door to the west.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the west door.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The door to the west is locked and requires a key. Go figure. I know, let's
go down the dimly lit tunnel with black oozing liquid all over the walls... and
a the dead Alpha Team member slumped against the far wall! That's gotta' be
the right way. Follow the south tunnel to the end and move to the west at the
far end and enter the room with the incinerator.
Break open the three --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the room and the
two --WOODEN BARRELS-- next to the corpse on the other side. Notice the two
gas cylinders that are against the east wall and north wall. The incinerator
in the west can be turned on by interacting with the switch in front of it.
Collect the **FURNACE KEY** from the right hand of the corpse in front of the
incinerator.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Gas Cylinder - On the east side of the room.
[ ] Gas Cylinder - On the north side of the room.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse.
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse.
---------------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM
[ ] Furnace Key - The dead corpse in the room has this in his right hand.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- CHECKPOINT
Now, let us go back to the door at the end of the hall with oozing black liquid
that wreaks of death and unlock the door at the end then leave this area. A
cutscene will play once the characters step close to the end of the hall.
+ + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + +
UROBOROS
--------
HP: 28,000
Weak Points: - Orange glowing portion of arms
- Brownish bubbling portion of collapsed body
- Weak against fire (incendiary grenade, incinerator)
Recommended - Gas Cylinder (shoot them with any weapon after absorption)
Weapon(s): - Incinerator
- Incendiary Grenades
- Any weapon to hit the glowing portion of arms (shotgun)
- Shotgun for showcased body weak point when collapsed
Attacks:
1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of
him. This attack is mid and close range.
2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the
character with his arm while turning. This attack is very rare, much like
the Executioner Majini's turning swing.
3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms. The
partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or
the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape. The boss will
eventually let go after a while. He stretches his arms out almost as far as
he swings his arm for the other attack.
4) Lunging Grab - Uroboros ducks down then lunges forward to grab a
character. This grab looks much like the other grab but it is more sudden.
A button prompt that appears shortly before the grab will allow your
character to dodge out of the way of the grab.
5) Dash - Uroboros crouches down then scurries toward your characters. This
move can knock down a character that is in his way but it rarely does so.
6) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out one or both
arms directly forward to grab. This attack can be performed when the boss
has one or both arms and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or
through a partner assist melee.
7) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly
extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit
and covered in a black leech-like substance. The character will hold
his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually
disappears. The substance drains your character's health much like a poison
for the first few seconds that it remains on the character. It will not
force a weak character into Dying status.
8) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply
dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room.
It's a Super Marcus! Dr. Marcus must have somehow survived and taken all of
that mutating green ooze like Shredder in the second Ninja Turtles movie!
No, actually this creature is named Uroboros. Knowing too much about this
creature at this point is actually a spoiler. If you watched the opening movie
then you should realize that this is the man that was overtaken by the black
leech-like substance after the Bird Lady injected him.
You don't want to fight this boss in the current hallway, so turn and run all
the way back to the room with the incinerator. Fighting him in this hallway
with a normal weapon setup is meaningless since all he will do is push both
characters down the hall and into the room with the incinerator while he
damages them with direct contact to his leech-like body.
--> EXPOSING HIS WEAK POINTS
Allow the boss to enter the room and it will trigger a slight cutscene upon
stepping inside. This boss has two visible orange weak points on its arms and
both characters can shoot at the orange glowing weak points to knock off his
arms and stun him. The arms will constantly grow back at a quick rate, so both
characters have to destroy them quickly.
.---------------------------- SINGLE PLAYER TIPS -----------------------------.
| 1) In single player mode, set Sheva to attack mode and she will help out |
| greatly at damaging his arm weak points with her pinpoint accuracy with any |
| weapon. |
| |
| 2) If Uroboros grabs your character then tap the assist button while |
| struggling to have your partner save your character quicker. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> THE GAS CYLINDERS
You really want to use his arm weak points as a last resort however. Remember
the red gas cylinders along the sidewalls? Run toward one of them with either
character and use the command that appears while standing next to it to make
the character knock it down. Your character is not completely invincible to
attack while performing the knock down animation for the gas cylinder, so you
don't want to knock one over while the Uroboros is nearby. A lot of times, he
will not hit your character, but he can!
The boss will get the gas cylinder stuck in his leech-like body. Back away and
shoot the gas cylinder with any type of weapon to immediately stun the boss and
cause it to collapse. Its weak point will be showcased as the body beneath the
leech-like substance is showcased under the brownish bubbling liquid. Any
weapon fire from any weapon will damage it but close range shotgun blasts are
preferred.
--> THE INCINERATOR
The easiest way to dispose of this boss is to get him caught in the
incinerator. Allow him to pick up a fallen gas cylinder then lead him into the
incinerator. While he is in the incinerator, shoot the gas cylinder to stun
the boss then rush back outside the incinerator and use the controls to seal
the chamber and burn him. One burn will be enough to finish him off on normal
mode, but multiple burns in the incinerator are needed to finish him off on
Veteran mode. This method will help to save a bunch of ammo, but you might
forfeit a certain treasure in doing so.
In order to lead him into the incinerator, it is best for one character to lure
him inside while the other character waits outside the incinerator and stands
by the controls ready to flip the switch after the gas cylinder inside of him
is shot. On single player, walk over to the control and use the assist command
when Sheva is nearby to make her stand near the controls. She will not flip
the lever until the Uroboros is inside of the incinerator, so simply lead the
creature into the incinerator while it carries the gas cylinder then shoot the
cylinder and run out. Sheva will announce that she is flipping the switch and
your character will have a few seconds to get out before the incinerator
closes.
--> STANDING UP TO UROBOROS
The arm swipe and the two mid-range grabs can be avoided by simply backing up;
well, as long as you have room to back up. The arm extend grab can be avoided
with a sidestep to the left or right, but this move will be easier to avoid if
he only has one arm, obviously; it can also be avoided by backing up, really
far!
If the boss is beaten normally without the final hit being delivered by an
incinerator burn, he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure item.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Uroboros without leading it into the
incinerator for the final hit. The final hit must be a
gunshot.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
+ + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + +
Run back outside the room after the battle then continue back down the hall to
the north. Use the furnace key on the door at the end to unlock it then step
into the next hall. There are three packs of ++HANDGUN BULLET (+5)++ in the
metal case before the second turn. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM (3/30)-- past the
fence further down the hall. You'll need to look past a concrete piece then
blast it while it hangs on the wall behind the fence.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
[ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
[ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #03
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: When the characters reach the metal case with handgun
\________/ bullets, move down the next hall then look toward the right
fence along the wall. Look past the left side of the concrete
piece to see this emblem on the wall behind the fence.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Move down the hall to the west and open the elevator using the controls to the
side of it. Step inside then choose to move up with the assist command that
appears in order to end this chapter!
- - - - - -
___ _ _ ____ _ [CH21]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ / |
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ | |
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___|| |
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_|
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 2-1 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 60+ | 45 | 30 | <29 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <23'00" | 28'00" | 33'00" | 33'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH211]
Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S T O R A G E F A C I L I T Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Both Chris and Sheva start out in a warehouse. Keep in mind that you can shoot
the rats for some extra gold pickups here. Turn around and slash the --WOODEN
BARREL-- in the northwest portion of the room then climb the nearby ladder on
the crate across from the barrel. You'll find two crates to the east, so hop
the gap in between them then open the treasure chest directly ahead and pick up
the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++ inside. You've likely seen the
---BSAA EMBLEM (4/30)-- hanging on the nearby wall in full view, right?
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #04
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Storage Facility - Chapter 2-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Hanging near the middle of the west wall, above a
\________/ wooden barrel shortly after the chapter begins. There is a note
about the BSAA medals in this room also. The programmers want
you to see this without using Berserker's guide.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Both Jeeps - Both jeeps in the back of the warehouse.
[ ] BSAA Emblem Memo - On the sandbags in front of the south jeep.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - In between the two large crates in the north middle portion
of the room.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the very back of the warehouse behind the jeeps
(northeast side).
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fall down the west side of the large crate then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on
the sandbags. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM FILE-- on the sandbags near the south
jeep. Take the ++H&K MP5++ from the metal case in front of the south jeep.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: H&K MP5
Location: Chapter 2-1
Details: Open the metal case in front of the south jeep to find this weapon
inside.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below where the BSAA medal was located and check
out the --DIRECTIONS FOR PARTNER FILE-- and --ITEM MENU FILE--. Slash the
--WOODEN BARREL-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- beside the door on the west side of the
room then use the assist button to interact with the door to move onto the next
area.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Direction for Partner File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door.
[ ] Item Menu File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the BSAA emblem on the west wall.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the exit door.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On some sandbags near the exit door.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH212]
Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T H E B R I D G E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Move around the side of the crates to the north. Notice the C4 explosive
tripwire in between the crates. Take out the machine gun or handgun and shoot
the explosive or the tripwire to set it off from a safe distance. You'll run
across more of these as the characters progress forward. Keep in mind that the
characters can lead an enemy toward the explosive and set it off to damage the
enemy. Aim upwards and to the left then shoot the Majini with the crossbow
that will be alerted to your characters presence.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| It's possible to aim up toward the top left metal container when the cross- |
| bow Majini first arrives and shoot him to make him fall on the C4 explosive |
| below. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Continue around the corner and a Majini will be standing to the right. You can
take out your knife and slash him as he runs toward your characters since he
always dashes! Move on further ahead and quickly shoot the Majini with the
crossbow as he tries to run toward on a nearby crate. If he makes it to the
ladder then he will climb up it and try to shoot the character from above.
Another Majini will attack from off to the right (south). If you look to the
north before moving past the crates near the crossbow Majini then you'll notice
a tripwire. With steady aim a player can shoot the wire or a player can shoot
the actual explosive from the top of the crate near it.
Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ inside the crate to the east after turning left up
ahead. Climb the nearby ladder of the crate that the crossbow Majini ran to
and you can get a clear view of the C4 explosive below. Drop down and break
the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- near it.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Inside of metal crate next to where the crossbow Majini is.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maneuver around the sides of the crates to the southeast. Find the single
--WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the metal crate to the east. Shoot the next C4
explosive tripwire then continue around the crates, this time heading north.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the metal crate in the southeast
--> Definite Item: First Aid Spray
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW ENEMY: Adjule
A new enemy known as an "Adjule" (dog) will step into view. There are a total
of three inside the open crate up ahead. Take out the shotgun and shoot them
or blast them from far away with the handgun or machine gun. Don't let them
get too close. They have some very fast lunging attacks that can really leave
a player confused as to their location after they hit a character. These
enemies always attack in packs, so be prepared to deal with about two or three
at a time most of the time. Adjules come in three different sizes.
They become more ferocious and tougher when they're heads separate to reveal
their parasitic inside. Any type of burst of light from a flash grenade or
flash round will instantly kill an Adjule that has exposed its parasite,
though, if this is your first playthrough then you don't have either of the
flash explosives yet.
A Majini with a crossbow will be on top of the east metal container during the
Adjule battle so shoot him down or close to a wall so he can't hit the
characters. Look around the side of the crates to the north after the battle
to find a --WOODEN
BARREL--.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the north of the open metal crate where the Adjules
attack.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shoot the C4 explosive tripwire to the south and move around the side of the
crates ahead. A sinlge Majini will leap out from behind the end of the left
metal crate and attack. Climb the ladder on the side of the crate up ahead as
your characters turn back to the north then follow the path up above and drop
from the other end of the open crate.
A Majini to the west will notice the characters. Soon an Adjule will step into
view along with a new enemy known as the "Big Man Majini". Hurry up and step
out from behind the crates. There is a set of oil canister that can be shot in
front of the car in the open area. This will serve to damage the Big Man
Majini and other Majini and the Adjules that attack.
NEW ENEMY: Big man Majini
Use your shotgun for this part while the other character uses a handgun or
machine gun. You need to focus on the Big Man Majini once he steps into view.
He hits very hard with constant straight punches and an overhead physical
attack with his fists. The best way to deal with him is to take out the
shotgun and blast him from close range to stagger him then rush up toward him
and melee attack him. Blast him again then repeat and keep repeating.
The Big Man Majini can also be take down with a handgun if a character
constantly blasts his legs then runs up to melee attack him when he falls to
his knees. The Big Man Majini can also be set up for a tag team melee after
any type of melee performed to him. The characters can easily turn Big Man
into a punching bag through constant bouncing melee attack after the first
melee. A flash grenades stun can set him up for a tag team melee very easily.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: The Works
Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go.
Details: In single player mode, lead the Big Man Majini away from the other
enemies, preferably in the narrow area, and use a flash grenade to stun the Big
Man Majini then quickly run behind him and knock him toward your AI partner. If
your AI partner knocks him back then hit him with the tag team melee command
that will appear in order to get this trophy/achievement. This can be done
against all Big Man Majini rather easily, so if you can't get it here then
you'll have more chances later on.
You could also toss the flash grenade then quickly use the "Go" command to make
your AI partner rush to the other side of the Big Man Majini to set up the
placement for the tag team melee nicely. No flash grenade is really needed if
your character uses a handgun and aims for his legs.
Big Man Majini are easier to work into a tag team sequence than normal Majini
because they don't stagger per hit; they only slide just a bit per melee
attack.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
The Majini and Adjules can get in the way quite a bit while attacking the Big
Man Majini. Some of the Majini have crossbows and will try to climb the
ladders of the crates to the west to get to high ground, so be ready to look up
and blast them.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big man Majini and he will drop this.
Most Big man Majini will drop this treasure.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
After the battle is over, slash the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the west side of
the area near the tree. Move around the side of the cars then use the partner
assist prompt to open the gate on the other side.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- CHECKPONT
Break open the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the sandbags ahead. Walk toward the
gap in the bridge to the north. You see those four red explosive barrels up
ahead? They will come in handy in a moment. Leap to the other side of the
bridge by tapping the button when the "Jump" button prompt command appears.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate (right) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate.
--> Definite Item: Red Herb
[ ] Wooden Crate (left) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A cutscene will trigger after leaping to the other side of the bridge. A truck
is coming and I don't think uber Redfield has enough strength to stop it with
his bare hands - sometimes I wonder though. Anyway, aim for the closest red
explosive barrel to the right and shoot it when the truck passes by the side of
the explosive barrel to cause an explosion that will make the truck fall over
and slide the rest of the way toward the characters. If you're not precise or
quick enough then truck will ram the two characters and kill them. The truck
can still damage the characters when it slides toward them fast, but when it
slows down quite a bit it is no longer a threat.
A whole horde of Majini will attack from the north side of the bridge up ahead.
Thankfully, they conveniently stand near the left and right red explosive
barrels in the back of the bridge, so take advantage of their red color
blindness then shoot the two barrels to take out several of them with each
explosion. Run ahead and finish off the remainder of them. I don't know about
you, but I feel some tag team melees are needed here.
Run to the warehouse to the far north and break open the two --WOODEN BARRELS--
inside and find the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east side of the warehouse. There
is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the warehouse near the sidewall to the
west.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside of the warehouse and to the west.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move toward the stairs that lead to the sewers to the west. Look off the side
of the railing (to the south) and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (5/30)-- on the
middle bridge pillar below.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #05
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After moving to the other side of the bridge, stand at
\________/ the top of the staircase then look to the south below the
bridge. Look at the middle pillar supporting the bridge to see
this emblem standing on a wooden platform that wraps around the
bridge pillar.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- CHECKPOINT
Move down the stairs and enter the sewer tunnel below. Keep moving ahead and
three Adjules will race down the tunnel toward the characters. Both characters
need to concentrate fire here or the Adjules will get past your shots. A
character could toss a hand grenade here since they pile up in a bunch and the
tunnel is narrow. Two more Adjules will attack once the characters move
further into the tunnel. Continue to follow the sewer tunnel as it splits to
the east.
Open the door ahead then move around the corner. Shoot the rats for extra gold
and break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- in the next room. Use the assist button to
interact with the next door in order to enter the next area.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the south side of the room in the sewers.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the north side of the room in the sewers.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH213]
Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T H E P O R T
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Move down the tunnel and be sure to pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ treasure
off to the left upon stepping out into the waterway.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: This is lying in the standing water on the south
side of the waterway to the left as the characters exit the
tunnel while starting this chapter.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Notice all the Majini to the right up ahead. I bet they'll get up in a second
and try to scare us. Let's move toward them and humor them.
Good freaking god! That makes me want to curl into a fetal position just
thinking about the pain.
NEW ENEMY: Kipepeo
An enemy known as a Kipepeo will bust out of the back of the fallen Majini.
These enemies like to fly overhead and grab your characters with their tail
appendage. Stand back and shoot them with a close shotgun blast or use the
handgun or machine gun. Keep backing up if they move forward in order to avoid
their grab.
A total of three Kipepeo will spawn from the Majini in the waterway. The
Majini at the far end will get up and attack like normal but, once he is shot a
few times, his head will bust open to reveal yet another Kipepeo. Keep in mind
that any Majini that the characters fight in the next few areas might spawn a
Kipepeo without any warning.
The Kipepeos will leave behind ammo and other items just like the Majini so be
sure to watch for it - by now you know that all B.O.W.'s carry gold and ammo,
right? T and G-virus cretins were just concealing it well in the past games.
I suspect those Alpha Hunters back at the Spencer Estate probably had US
dollars, coin currency, gold necklaces, gold teeth, and diamond rings on them
if we would have looked more closely.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Instead of fighting the Kipepeos, the character could simply shoot the lock |
| on the gate door ahead from the other side of the screen then run and open |
| the door as they spawn and move down the tunnel to avoid the battle. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Break the lock on the door ahead by kicking or shooting it then enter the dark
tunnel ahead. We have some very nice lighting effects here. Shoot the rats
for some extra gold. Climb the ladder at the far end of the tunnel.
The characters will climb up to a port area. If you look closely, a Majini
will run by to the side; he off to the north past the boats as the two
characters step into view. If you can manage to walk around the side of the
building, arm your S75 rifle quick enough (on a second playthrough) and shoot
him then he will leave behind a ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ treasure on the other side.
Run quickly over to that side and grab it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: After exiting the sewer via the ladder, step
around the right side of the nearby building and you'll see
a Majini quickly move around the side of the boat up ahead.
Quickly arm the S75 rifle and shoot him to make him drop
this. You have to be quick. One shot anywhere on the body
at default damage level will work on normal mode.
On a second playthrough, a player can use a flash round to
stun the Majini that runs behind the boat then shoot him.
In co-op mode, one player can stun him then the other
player can quickly run over to his side and continue to
stun him with flash rounds. Perform a tag team melee on
him to make fun of him trying to run from your characters.
In other words, show off that you have read Berserker's RE5
guide where we make fun of cowards with our uber skills!
Here's a video of the way that xUmbrellaCo and I get our
Diamond (Pear) each playthrough:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oXaBdKmgVV8
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Pick up the ++GREEN HERB from near the boats to the north and enter the nearby
building to the east. Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the --WOODEN BARREL--
inside the east building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ to the side of the
doorway.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Near the boats outside the east building after exiting the
sewer tunnel.
[ ] Green Herb - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Walk back outside the building then move out into the ocean from the shoreline
up ahead. Move against the far south end to find ++100 GOLD++ eventually then
run to the toward the middle of the ocean and find the planks that stick out of
the water in the back middle portion and collect the ++100 GOLD++ while
standing on the north side of those planks. Run to the far northwest end and
pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ from the ocean floor.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: This is lying out in the far northwest portion
of the ocean. Simply run out to the far northwest portion
of the water, near the boat then pick this up.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Enter the marketplace area up ahead past the boats near the shore. Three
Majini (one on the other side of the locked gate and two past the center
stands) will quickly scurry away. You can shoot them if you want. Cowards.
You fear the tag team melee addiction of almighty Berserker! Run now and tell
all your friends about me.
The east gate is locked and requires a key. Slash the ++MELONS++ on the west
side of the middle stand and the ++MELONS++ on the east side. There is also a
stack of ++MELONS++ along the north side but it doesn't hold anything special.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Melons - On the west side of the center set of stands.
--> Definite Item: Shotgun Shells (+5)
[ ] Melons - On the east side of the center set of stands.
--> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
[ ] Stands - Several of the stands in this area can be destroyed with a hand
grenade or by knocking a Majini into them. There are eight destructible
stands total. They all look similar somewhat.
--> Random Items
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The chest in the center of the middle set of stands holds a ++RUBY (MARQUISE)++
treasure. You'll have to use a hand grenade to destroy one of the destructible
side stands in order to get to it. If you climb the ladder on the south side
of the building across from the building with the padlock and step across the
roofs then you'll find an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ treasure on the far north side.
If you look at the ceiling of the small green building to the south of the
middle set of stands (literally aim upwards while facing the inside counter)
then you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- on the ceiling.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Approach the stand in the middle of the market-
place area in front of the locked door and toss a hand
grenade against the chest in the middle of the stands. The
grenade will go off and break the two side stands and allow
access to the chest. Open the chest for this treasure!
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Find the ladder on the south side of the building
next to the building with the padlocked door then climb the
ladder. Run across the rooftop then walk to the far north
corner to find this laying on the rooftop. It's not exactly
in the corner but very near it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #06
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: To the south of the middle group of stands is a closed
\________/ green building. Walk toward the building counter and aim upward
then look at the ceiling to see this BSAA emblem. You can
actually see it glimmering through the crack of the other side
also. This building is very small - smaller than a stand.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Find the padlocked door across from the middle set of stands. Break the
padlock and enter the building.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| You can enter this room by knocking off the padlock or you can jump through |
| the window in the back. Majini will attack after you get a key item |
| inside, so if you want to play it safe then jump through window in the back |
| and this will make it to where they have to move through the window to get |
| to your characters. You can stand inside the building and knife slash them |
| as they try. Even the Big Man Majini will fall victim to this though he |
| can get by the knife slashes at times. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Slash the --TOMATOES-- to the right after entering the building. A dead corpse
hangs from the middle of the room. He has a meat hook stabbed through his
neck. Shoot the key on the meat hook and it will fall. Pick up the **PORT
KEY** key item.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Hanging Corpse - Hanging from the middle of the inside of the building with
the padlocked door.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Tomatoes - To the right after entering the building with the padlocked
door.
--> Random Item
----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
[ ] Port Key - Hanging from the hook on the hanging dead corpse. Shoot it to
make it fall.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The moment the Port Key is grabbed, several Majini and a Big Man Majini will
surround the building and enter it to attack. If you didn't break the padlock
then they can only get in through the window, so you can easily stand and fight
them off from inside the building but if you did break the padlock then it will
be best to fight them outside to keep them to one side more easily rather than
having them come from two separate directions.
Try to take down the Big Man Majini first by using shotgun blast to knock him
back then run up and melee attack him or one character could blast him in the
legs with a handgun then run up and melee him. The other Majini shouldn't be
too much of a problem, but you might have to break out the shotgun if they
begin to crowd around too much.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini after collecting the
Port Key and he will drop this.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
After the battle, use the Port Key on the gate to the east to unlock it then
move along the dock and step onto the boat to the right. Slash the
--WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- around the
west corner of the boat. Step out onto the wooden dock to the north and pick
up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the right when the dock splits.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the boat near the dock after moving
past the gate.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after
moving past the gate.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after
moving past the gate.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - On the south end (path split) of the wooden dock to the north
of the boat.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop into the water below the boat on the north side then pick up the ++400
GOLD++ below the wooden ramp that leads up to the boat. A few Majini and a Big
Man Majini will attack once the characters step near the path ahead. Have the
shotgun ready for Big Man and melee his ass after each shot.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini shortly after moving
along the docks from the ship after using the Port Key to
unlock the gate.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Climb up the ladder to the street above if you haven't already. Kirk will
arrive in the helicopter up above and he will provide cover fire for Chris and
Sheva. You can step behind the wall of the building to the left and use the
new Resident Evil cover feature. You might need to take cover from the Majini
with the crossbows behind the barricade further ahead. Use the handgun or
machine gun while stepping out to fire at them. Kirk should help out quite a
bit though to where you won't have to do that much.
.---------------------------------------------------------.
| Cover feature controls: |
| |
| Action button = press against/move away from wall |
| Aim button = step out and aim while holding the button. |
| Run button = reload (no need to hold aim button) |
'---------------------------------------------------------'
Enter the nearby building to the left and slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside.
Be on the look out for the Majini with the crossbow on the high walkway of the
building up ahead. Climb the ladder propped against the right building then
collect the ++GREEN HERB++ near the north railing. You'll most likely notice
the --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- through the doorway of the building to the north
while on top of the current building.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Stand - The first stand to the right can be destroyed. Kirk might destroy
it.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building to the left.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Near the railing on the north end of the rooftop of the
building with the ladder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #07
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the building with the ladder
\________/ propped against it then move to the north side railing. Look
toward the open doorway on the north building directly ahead
to see this BSAA emblem on the wall behind the doorway.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fall back down the building and hop over the barricade to the northeast. Grab
the ++GREEN HERB++ off the table near the building to the left up ahead.
Majini will move out of the double doors of the building to the northeast. One
of them might spawn a Kipepeo once defeated. Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO++
further ahead then move around the side of the table to the right and break the
--WOOODEN BARREL-- in the alley beside the northeast building. You can also
hop over the railing to the right just outside the building doors.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Move around the tables to the south outside the northeast
building you'll find this down an alley besides the building. You can also
hop over the railing beside the building to get to this.
--> Random Item
[ ] Tomatoes - On a table under a straw rooftop by the building with the
double doors.
--> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - On a table to the off to the left below the building with the
"STORES" sign off to the left of the street.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open the double doors of the northeast building then break the --WOODEN
BARREL-- inside and open the metal case then grab the ++S75 (RIF)++.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: S75 (RIF)
Location: The Port - Chapter 2-1
Details: Open the metal case inside the building to the northeast while on the
street where Kirk provides cover fire.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Leave the building then head to the double doors in the north. Use the assist
button to open the doors to continue to the next area.
[CH214]
Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S H A N T Y T O W N
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
You have two choices as to how to enter the building up ahead:
OPTION 1 --> WALK DOWN THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD
If you walk down the path then a Majini will .----------- TIP ------------.
eventually spot your character and pound on the | Instead of gunfire, you |
nearby window then eventually break through it | can also equip the knife |
and attack. Stand near the window as the first | then stand in front of the |
Majini climbs through and blast him. There are | window and slash at the |
two more Majini inside that will either follow | Majini from the other |
the first or stay behind - you might have to | side. |
hop inside to get their attention. Run to the '----------------------------'
end of the path and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the broken down car that is
blocking the path around the side of the building. Hop through the window and
enter the building.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Try facing the window that the Majini pounds on then jump through it to |
| knock him down and perform a melee ground attack. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a broken down car at the end of the path outside the
building.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The blood splatters along the wall and sheet to the side provide the perfect
unsettling mood for entering this room. Find the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the
shelf to the right.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] The Chainsaw - The chainsaw on the middle counter in the slaughterhouse.
[ ] Hatchet - The hatchet that sticks out of the meat chunk on the counter
beside the chainsaw.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All the skulls displayed around the room can be destroyed with the slash of the
knife or any type of shot if you so desire. Navigate through the hanging hooks
with animal bits on them and open the door on the other side.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the shelf across from the middle table.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTION 2 --> WALK AHEAD THEN MAKE AN IMMEDIATE RIGHT
Kick through the blue door or carefully open it then move around the side of
the building. Chris players can take out the rifle and look through the window
near the wooden door up ahead then blast the single Majini standing near the
window - the rest won't attack yet. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence.
The Majini will notice your character in due time and open the door to the
building on the left, so you might as well kick down the door and start
shooting.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Near the fence across from the back door of the
Slaughterhouse.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| If you're fast enough at reaching the wooden door on the other side of the |
| Slaughterhouse, your character can actually kick the door and hit the |
| Majini on the other side of it. This doesn't always work like the window |
| knockdown however. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf across from the middle table. You
might want to hop through the window on the other side and break the --WOODEN
CRATE-- on top of the wrecked car down the path to the right. Exiting this
room via the window takes you back to the beginning path basically. Both
characters started down the left side of the outside path. Get back into the
room and kick back through the door on the other side.
--> BOTH PATHS MEET HERE
Alright, so now we're outside the building. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near
the fence if you haven't yet. Move along the path that leads to the hill up
ahead. There are two --WOODEN CRATES-- on a table off to the left right near
the building that both characters just exited from.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; left
box.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; right
box.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move up the hill and a slight cutscene will play.
Two Kipepeos will continue their descent and begin to attack after the
cutscene, so shoot them with your handgun. Sheva's machine gun also works very
well at damaging them with its rapid fire and Chris' rifle can knock them down
with one shot. Aim carefully since they sometimes wave around a bit while
flying downward. You might want to back down the hill just a bit as they
descend so they will be closer and usually more still while you fire.
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| (1) The Kipepeos cannot move under any portion of the Slaughterhouse |
| rooftop, so both of your characters can run under the roof then stand |
| back and shoot them safely from a distance. Kipepeos cannot move under |
| any rooftop of fly though a doorway. |
| |
| (2) A player equipped with a rifle can stand at the bottom of the hill and |
| tell a partner to move forward to and activate the helicopter cutscene |
| by issuing the "Go" command while the player with a rifle stands at the |
| bottom of hill. The rifle player can easily aim and snipe both |
| Kipepeos with the rifle from the bottom of the hill. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Continue up the hill. While standing below the ladder, you'll get a button
prompt with either character. Basically press the B button when the "Assist"
command appears and have the character walk toward the partner and press the
button that appears. Sheva will be hoisted up to the ladder and she will climb
on top of the roof.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
From the moment that you regain control of Sheva, arm the machine gun then
aimed toward the Majini with the cocktails off to the left and tap the trigger
once to defeat him instantly and make a Kipepeo spawn from his body. Pick up
the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ and the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from the long
platform along the middle portion of the roof then break the --WOODEN CRATE--
on the raised portion on the right side of the roof. There is some ++HANDGUN
AMMO (+10)++ near the railing along the far side of the roof as well as another
--WOODEN BARREL-- on the far left side.
Sheva mainly needs to watch out for the Majini with the crossbow and the
Kipepeos that spawns from the Majini with cocktails. If the Kipepeo flies
toward Sheva after shooting the Majini with the cocktails then make defeating
it your first priority and then quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow.
Sheva can actually stand behind a wooden wall on the right side up ahead across
from the ladder that will shield her from the flaming bolts.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - along the right side of the rooftop [Sheva only].
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - along the far left side of the rooftop [Sheva only].
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the
roof.
[ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying near the railing on the opposite side of the
roof.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Majini with the cocktails will spawn a Kipepeo from its head, so be ready
to blast it with the machine gun if Chris doesn't shoot it. Use the remaining
time to help out Chris while he fights the Majini groups below the building.
Stand and blast them with the handgun or machine gun to help out Chris. Try
not to interrupt the player if Chris has things under control with his melee
attacks.
Whether or not you hop back down the ladder or not at this point depends upon
you. When Chris moves up to the door up the stairs ahead, Sheva can help out
fairly well here. Equip the Machine Gun and aim down at the Majini then barely
tap the trigger while aiming at their legs, head or shoulders and this will put
them in a stunned position where Chris can hit them with melee attacks. If the
Chris player realizes what Sheva is doing this can go extremely well. Either
way, the Chris player should begin to realize the stunned Majini in front of
Chris. Sheva needs to watch Chris' back and protect him from any Majini that
might sneak up behind him as well. Shoot any Majini that get near him and try
to blast them in vital areas to stun them for Chris to melee attack them.
In order to get off the rooftop, Sheva will have to jump back down from the
side with the ladder and move around the side of the building to rejoin Chris.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < <
< < < < < < < < < <
> > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
Chris needs to go around the left side of the building. There is a breakable
--WOODEN BARREL-- down a path to the immediate right after moving around the
side corner of the building.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the path along the left side of the building.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| If you want AI Sheva to get off the building and rejoin Chris then tap the |
| Assist button to issue a "Cover" assist command and she will usually jump |
| off the building and meet up with Chris. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Chris will have to deal with a small group of Majini as they move down the hill
directly ahead of him. There is also a Majini with a cocktail on the ledge
directly ahead. Shoot at the Majini up the hill and prepare to back up as the
Majini on the ledge tosses cocktails toward Chris; he might toss them toward
Sheva. The cocktails can damage the Majini below, so he might actually do
Chris a favor if you back up when he tosses the cocktails. You'll eventually
need to shoot the Majini on the ledge if Sheva doesn't shoot it for you.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: Fireworks
Description: Shoot an enemy Molotov cocktail, dynamite stick, or hand grenade.
Details: Look up on the high ledge and aim for the Majin's cocktail then shoot
it to set it off and burn the Majini in order to easily get this
trophy/achievement very early in the game. If the Majini tosses the cocktail
then stand and wait and it will take out another cocktail.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
The Majini with the cocktail will spawn a Kipepeo from his head, so prepare to
shoot it with the handgun or rifle. The rifle really works the best since it
is at such a distance - simply shoot the Majini then equip the rifle and blast
the Kipepeo as it spawns. It will fly toward either Chris while he is
stationed below or Sheva while she is up on the building, so be sure to take it
down.
After the Kipepeo is defeated, move further up the hill and a group of Majini
will bust through the door of the building at the top of the stairs. Shoot at
them from below the stairs and aim for a vital area on them such as the head or
legs then run up and knock the whole crowd down with a melee attack. If Sheva
didn't do a good job of surveying the area then a Majini with a crossbow will
be at the top of the steps. Sometimes a Majini will hang around inside of the
building up ahead as well. If you have a hand grenade here then toss it up the
stairs and this should defeat the majority of the Majini.
Sheva should come and join Chris in just a minute. If she doesn't then call to
her with the B button or tell the other player to climb down the ladder and get
their ass in gear.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < <
< < < < < < < < < <
Make an immediate left and enter the restroom area. Move over to the last
stall and prepare to shoot the Majini standing in that stall; he might rush
toward your character. Pick up the ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ where the Majini was
standing then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- next to the nearby sink.
.---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
| Equip the knife and face the Majini as he runs out of the stall then slash |
| him to most likely knock him down. Perform a melee ground attack to finish |
| him off if he falls. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the restroom, near the sink.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the floor in the last stall where the Majini is.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Walk back out of the restroom then continue on up ahead. Grab the ++RED HERB++
off of the table then turn left. There is a Majini in the small alcove behind
the boards - look to the left as your character enters the area. Prepare to
blast him then run up and melee him or whatever ritual you have. Break the
nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- across from where the Majini was standing.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove across from the alcove with the Majini.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Red Herb - On the table next to the boarded alcove.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The metal set of red double doors are locked .-------- EXTRA NOTE --------.
from the other side. Go ahead and investigate | A grenade cannot even open |
them to see the outside padlock. Walk further | those locked doors from |
into the room ahead then turn to the left and | this side. They will be |
move up the stairs. A single Majini is guarding | opened in a moment with a |
the stairway, but as your character moves | little co-op assistance. |
further up the stairs, another Majini will walk '----------------------------'
down the second set of stairs at the top and another will enter the area from
the doorway that leads out to the left walkway. Be sure to watch both of them
as you shoot so one doesn't get the drop on your character.
Run off to the left while on the second floor then pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++
from the chair off to the left and step out onto the outside walkway then grab
the other ++HAND GRENADE++ off to the left. If you walk over to the right past
the metal drum and look up while out on the walkway, you'll see that the next
floor is broken and has a dropoff where one can easily get back to this floor.
Chris should keep that broken side of the above ledge in mind. Run back into
the building then climb the next set of stairs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the chair near the right outside ledge entrance.
[ ] Hand Grenade - To the left on the outside ledge.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.--------------- FIRST FLOOR METAL DOOR LOCK GLITCH/EXPLOIT ------------------.
| While on the second floor, it is possible to arm a grenade and stand on the |
| right side of the third column to the right on the outside walkway of the |
| current building and arm a hand grenade then toss the grenade against the |
| yellow Animal Health sign of the BG Production building next door so that |
| it bounces off the sign and lands in front of the red metal door below, |
| which will break the lock. The correct targeting for tossing the grenade |
| is to aim directly at the sign with both character and aim a little |
| downward. |
| |
| You can also bounce a grenade off the side of the third floor walkway of |
| the other building or you can toss it toward the right edge of the wall on |
| while on the third floor of the current building. There's a variety of |
| ways to bounce the grenade, as long as it fall in front of the door below. |
| |
| Sheva can hit the lock from the third floor of the BG Production building |
| after Chris tosses her over if you toss a grenade down at the red metal |
| door while standing on the edge of the third floor. The aiming can be |
| quite hard. You actually have to aim like Sheva is about to throw the |
| grenade at the concrete floor because of the camera. |
| |
| Sheva can also hit the lock from the second floor of the BG Production |
| building if you run to the side with the slightly destroyed railing and |
| toss a grenade down at the door. She can also shoot the lock with the |
| handgun or rifle. Keep in mind that the Majini will be moving up the |
| stairs while Sheva is on the second floor. |
| |
| ** Breaking the lock before Sheva falls to the second floor of the BG |
| Production building will automatically cancel the first wave of Majini |
| that normally attack Sheva. |
| |
| No matter which method is chosen, your character (or Chris, if Sheva is |
| tossed over) can run to the stairs and activate the Chainsaw Majini |
| cutscene and this will skip the first and second wave of Majini that appear |
| in the area outside of the current building. |
| |
| One interesting aspect of this glitch is that if the first wave of Majini |
| have already appeared then they will disappear immediately following the |
| Chainsaw Majini cutscene. If Chris or Sheva stall outside the building for |
| too long after opening the red metal door (if the first wave hasn't |
| appeared) then the battle music will eventually play and the second wave of |
| Majini will appear. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Destroy the two --WOODEN CRATES-- at the very top of the second set of stairs.
Look over to the left and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf.
There is a ++GREEN HERB++ on a chair hidden behind the stair railing in the
alcove directly in front of set of shelves.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; left barrel.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; right barrel.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo - On the shelf to the left of the two wooden barrels.
[ ] Green Herb - On a chair across from the shelf with the handgun ammo.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run out onto the outside walkway. Move toward the far end that faces the
outside building for an assist jump prompt. Don't jump just yet! The Chris
player needs the S75 rifle for this part, so give him the rifle if you have it
Sheva player! Also, turn around while facing the edge of the building and look
up onto the rooftop of the current building then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM
(8/30)-- above.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #08
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Shanty Town - Chapter 2-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Before performing the partner action jump to toss Sheva
\________/ over to the BG Production Building, while at the edge of the
walkway, turn around then aim upwards to see the edge of this
BSAA emblem. A Sheva player can simply turn around after
landing on the opposite building to see the full emblem easily.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Make sure that all of the items in the current building have been collected
before performing the assist action.
,------------------------- ADVICE FOR A CHRIS PLAYER -------------------------,
| Before Sheva is tossed to the other building, a Chris player needs to take |
| the rifle since a rifle is very much needed for the next segment of |
| gameplay. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Walk toward the edge that faces the BG Building next door and use the partner
assist prompt to help Sheva jump to the building across from the current one.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
Sheva will land on the roof of the BG Production building next door. Take some
time to break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left then hop down to the floor
below by leaping off the ledge ahead.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the top ledge of the BG Building [Sheva
only].
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the second floor of the BG Building in the northeast
corner.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Look behind Sheva as she lands and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northeast
corner while on the second floor.
Sheva will have her work cut out for her here as a group of Majini move up the
stairs off to her right. There is an explosive barrel nearby. You can wait
for Majini to pile up near it now and shoot them or wait until later in the
battle and shoot the barrel. It's a little hard to hit it later in the battle
at times with all the Majini in the way. Either way, allow them to gather near
it then shoot it.
It's best for Sheva to stand in the corner where the breakable barrel is (or
was) to make sure that no Majini sneak behind her. Sheva mainly needs to keep
a sharp eye out for the Majini with flaming crossbows that will stand near the
stairs and shoot at her.
When several Majini rush toward Sheva in a group you need to either shoot one
of them in the head and run up to him then roundhouse kick him and the rest of
the crowd or take out the Machine Gun and spread fire through the group then
run up and hit any of them that are stunned in a pose that will give Sheva a
button prompt for a melee attack. Melee attacks are very helpful in this area
for both the invincible animation and the multiple knockdowns that they cause.
If Sheva has a grenade then you might want to toss it at the group of Majini if
they start to build up around the area.
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| Arm the machine gun then wait near the stacked pipes across from the red |
| explosive barrel then aim toward the top of the stairs. As the Majini run |
| toward Sheva, tap the trigger button while aiming at their legs to either |
| stun them or knock them down. Try to keep them grounded for as long as |
| possible and they will begin to mount up beside the red barrel. At the |
| last possible moment, shoot the red barrel. If a Majini tosses a weapon at |
| you then immediately shoot the red barrel and the explosion will deflect |
| it. Sheva will be close enough to the barrel where it will make her throw |
| up her arms, so she'll also get invincibility during this animation from |
| possible bolts fired at her at that time also. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Sheva needs to make her way downstairs and break the lock on the door of the
building across from the BG Production building. It's best to fight off all
the current Majini then move down the stairs and run toward the door, but keep
in mind that Sheva can still open it while Majini are still in the area if you
want Chris to help out. Walk toward the red double doors and Sheva will get a
button prompt command while facing it. Press the X button to kick at the lock.
Three kicks should break it. You can also shoot the lock.
.-------------------------- EXTRA (W/SLIGHT SPOILER) -------------------------.
| If Sheva does not open the door for Chris (during co-op), the battle music |
| will continue to play but the final wave of Majini will not appear. Sheva |
| can actually move up the stairs to the east by herself and trigger the |
| Chainsaw Majini fight while Chris is still locked up. The Chainsaw Majini |
| fight will carry on like normal, except Chris will still be trapped in the |
| nearby building. Be forewarned that the Chainsaw Majini can break the lock |
| to the door where Chris is located however! |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < <
< < < < < < < < < <
> > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
,----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------,
| In single player mode, if Chris quickly jumps down the side of the ledge |
| directly after helping Sheva across, then you might not have to watch the |
| scene where the Majini move up stairs on Sheva's side. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Equip the rifle with Chris. Chris is going to .----------- TIP ------------.
have to provide cover fire for Sheva as the | Chris can shoot the Majini |
Majini attack her. Fall down the ledge on the | as they enter the BG |
right (west side) of the third floor ledge and | Building by looking down |
your character will land on the second floor | at the ground floor and |
walkway directly across from the floor that | and shooting them as they |
Sheva is on. Step up to the railing and look | step through the entrance |
through the scope of the rifle then get Sheva in | doorway. He can also hit |
view. Look to her right and prepare to cover | the red barrel to the |
Sheva. Make sure to shoot the Majini that are | right of the entrance with |
close to Sheva first if they start to group up | the rifle to defeat |
around her. The best way to help out Sheva is | multiple Majini. |
to shoot the Majini with the flaming crossbows '----------------------------'
that tend to stand near the stairs and shoot at her from a distance since Sheva
will most likely be so busy with the group of Majini running at her, she won't
have time to hit these distant pests.
.--------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ---------------------------------.
| If you're not that good at sniping like yours truly, stand on the far right |
| side of the walkway and toss a hand grenade at the stairs the second you |
| hear Sheva fall and this will take out a good majority of the first few |
| Majini. You can continue to toss grenades at the stairs as they continue |
| to move up them or toss a grenade at the ground outside of the BG |
| Production building - don't forget about the red barrel! |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Wait for the Majini to stand still then aim for the head and shoot while using
the rifle and you'll get a guaranteed head explosion on each one. If you're
playing in single player and Sheva manages to get by the Majini on the stairs
and starts to move downstairs then she is heading for the door below, so
quickly run down the stairs of the building and join her.
Once the coast is clear, Chris should run back down to the first floor and
await Sheva's arrival near the metal red double doors that are locked. Use the
Action button near the door to kick on the locked doors a few times with Chris
if Sheva suddenly starts to daydream and that should get her attention.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < <
< < < < < < < < <
Once Chris is through the doors, both characters will be reunited right before
another Majini ambush! Majini will eventually hop over the fence in the west
and attack then some others will appear from the east. Try not to let them
surround your characters. You might want to enter either of the nearby
buildings or duck into the alley by the building. The red explosive barrels
can be used to defeat a whole group of them at once, but you might want to save
those explosive barrels for another more powerful enemy that will attack in
this area in just a few moments.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the left of the front entrance to the BG
Production building.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: Ride the Lightning
Description: Defeat a Majini using the electric current from a transformer.
Details: Look toward the stairs off to the side and find the transformer
suspended on the telephone pole to the left of the staircase. Aim up and shoot
the transformer down. The transformer will send out an electric current that
will shock all nearby enemies after it is shot when it is not electrified.
Lead Majini toward the grounded transformer then shoot the transformer to
electrify them. Don't move up the stairs too far for the cutscene for the
Chainsaw Majini boss will activate and make this achievement a bit hard to
gain.
If a player can kill a Majini with the electricity from the transformer then
this trophy/achievement will be earned. Keep in mind that the actual
electricity must kill the Majini, so a player can weaken the Majini (with
gunshots) down to where the electricity from the transformer will kill it.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
Destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table near the red explosive barrel outside
of the building that Sheva was in then enter the bottom floor of the building.
Destroy both of the --WOODEN CRATES-- on each of the wooden tables inside. You
can move up to the second floor via the staircase but it won't do Chris much
good unless Sheva didn't break the wooden barrel up there - AI Sheva has a
habit of leaving it behind. Exit the building through the back entrance then
make an immediate left and follow the path to the dead end then break open the
--WOODEN CRATE-- on the set of boards. Down the other end of the path there is
a --WOODEN BARREL-- in a corner at the turn.
.------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
| If you destroy the door in the back of the BG Building by slashing at it |
| then it might make the next battle in this stage just a bit easier since |
| you won't have to constantly kick it down while running into or out of the |
| back of the building while being chased. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; right table.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; left table.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - In the dead end behind the building [far east end].
--> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Along the path behind the storage building.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return to the front of the building then head to the east.
Climb up onto the broken down bus by moving up the first ramp on its left side
then look to the right and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the dashboard. Step
off the other side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right
side of the broken down bus and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the left side of the
path up ahead.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the broken down bus.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - On the right side of the dashboard in the wrecked bus.
[ ] Green Herb - Below the stairs that lead up to the gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Before you walk up the stairs, while standing near the bottom of the stairs,
look up and find the transformer suspended on the metal pole beside the nearby
building. You can actually shoot it to make it fall before the boss fight in
order to already have it on the ground waiting to be shot during the battle.
Walk up the path when you're ready. A cutscene will trigger as one of the
characters walks up the path.
.-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
| Whether or not both characters will appear in the next cutscene depends |
| upon how close or far apart they are. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + +
CHAINSAW MAJINI
---------------
HP: 10,000
Great. A chainsaw. Keep in mind that if the Chainsaw Majini hits your
character with his chainsaw blade then it will register as an instant kill for
that character much like Dr. Salvador's fine blade in Resident Evil 4 or it
will leave your character in dying status. See his two different attacks
below.
Attacks:
1) Crazed Swing: Pretty much like it sounds, the Chainsaw Majini will hold his
chainsaw up into the air and then laugh maniacally as he swings his blade
forward. Unlike his other attack, this chainsaw swing is not an instant
kill however. If this attack hits your character, it will immediately send
that character into dying status.
2) Focused Swing: This is the swing to end them all as well as your character's
life. If the Chainsaw Majini performs a much less charged and quieter swing
rather than laughing then the blade will slice right into your character's
neck and the Chainsaw Majini will continue to drive the blade across the
neck until your characters head rolls off. The death cutscene plays on both
screens while on either online service in order for both players to witness
the love that was dished out in that one fatal swing.
--> TO GAIN AN ADVANTAGE AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS BATTLE...
Single Player:
Have the rifle equipped before the cutscene ends then zoom in on the Chainsaw
Majini's head and blast him in the head to stun him. Run up to the Majini and
blast him a few times in the head with the handgun then perform a melee attack
by inputting the melee attack button command that appears. Be sure to run by
him to force AI Sheva into getting in a hit as well if you have her set to
"Cover" mode. You could keep running away and shooting him in the head for a
stun then melee him throughout the remainder of the battle if you can watch for
the other Majini around the area.
Always try to make sure that the first rifle shot hits the Chainsaw Majini
while attempting to shoot him directly after the cutscene in single player
mode. If the shot misses then the shell ejection animation from the rifle shot
will leave Chris open to a chainsaw slice.
Co-op:
(Recommended)
1) One character (whichever) can stand at the bottom of the stairs and take on
the Majini that appear while the other character fights the Chainsaw Majini.
The character that fights the Chainsaw Majini needs to aim at his head with the
handgun (or any other weapon) and fire off two shots (differs depending on
weapon) then run in and fire off a few more shots shortly before hitting him
with a melee attack. Right after hitting him, quick turn and run a few steps
away then turn and repeat (shoot him in the head to stun him again). With good
aim and a good partner that will keep the other Majini busy, you'll be able to
finish him shortly. If you use some of the maximum aggression methods labeled
further below, then he will fall extremely fast by doing this.
(Alternate)
2) One character can equip the rifle and stand at the bottom of the stairs or
really far away (other side of the screen) while Sheva moves up the stairs to
trigger the cutscene. After the cutscene, zoom in and aim for the Chainsaw
Majini's head with the rifle while the Chainsaw Majini chases the other player
then shoot the Majini in the head. Each successful shot to the head will stun
the Majini, allowing the other player to spam the Chainsaw Majini with shotgun
fire to the head shortly before melee attacking it. You could actually keep
this up with Sheva serving as bait to distract the Chainsaw Majini away from
the rifle player while that player shoots the Chainsaw Majini in the head from
a distance. It's good for both players to watch out for each other when the
Majini start to appear. A rifle player could easily shoot them in the head for
instant kills.
3) One character can stand at the bottom of the stairs while the other moves up
the stairs. After the cutscene, aim up at the transformer on the metal pole
then shoot it right when the Chainsaw Majini is at the bottom of the stairs to
electrify him. You can keep running back and forth to the transformer for the
rest of the battle and shoot it when the Chainsaw Majini is nearby to send
another blast of electricity out of it. You could easily mix this method in
with any other method, just keep the power box in mind.
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------,
| Both Sheva and Chris can stun the Majini by hitting it in the head, |
| shoulders or legs to eventually stun him to where both characters can get a |
| button prompt for a melee attack. Be sure that both characters hit the |
| Chainsaw Majini with a melee attack when nearby. If you're playing on |
| single player then have Sheva set to "Cover" mode and run behind the |
| Chainsaw Majini after Chris' melee attack to have Sheva follow up with one |
| of her own. Keep in mind that the absolute weakest portion of the Chainsaw |
| Majini is head - a few shots from any weapon will stun him quickly when hit |
| in the head. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> RIFLE STRATEGY
Shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with the rifle will always stun him if
he is he moving normally. The rifle is the absolute best weapon for Chris or
Sheva to use during this fight while engaged in a co-op game. Your AI partner
will usually provide distraction for the other Majini. Be sure to keep your
distance from the Chainsaw Majini and don't ever shoot when he is close to
Chris unless you are definitely going to hit him, if not, then the shell
ejection animation during the missed shot might just sign your death warrant,
my friend. Make sure there are no enemies around whenever Chris needs to
reload.
While in single player mode, this can still be one of the absolute best ways to
finish off the Chainsaw Majini quickly. You see, shoot him in the head to stun
him then run up to him and hit him with the melee attack then run past him
while Sheva is in "Cover" mode and she will follow up with a melee attack of
her own. The main player can toss a grenade afterward to restun the Chainsaw
Majini - look toward the ground and toss it right in front of your character
since the Chainsaw Majini will most likely be very close by.
The Chainsaw Majini stays stunned for quite a while after shooting him in head
so you could run up to him and blast him in the head a few times with the
handgun or once with the rifle before hitting him with a melee attack!
--> LURE STRATEGY
A player can serve as bait to lure the Chainsaw Majini away from the other
while the character with the rifle concentrates on shooting the Chainsaw Majini
in the head with his rifle. Use the Machine Gun and Handgun to fire at the
Majini and keep it chasing Sheva - try to aim for its head. Don't ever reload
your Machine Gun while an enemy (especially the Chainsaw Majini) is nearby.
Whenever the Chainsaw Majini is shot in the head with the rifle, quickly run up
to the Chainsaw Majini and hit him with constant gunfire from any weapon then
quickly perform a melee attack right before he recovers. Switch between
weapons in tough situations when your character doesn't have time to reload.
--> CO-OP STRATEGY
A player can easily stand back and use the rifle to perform a quick headshot to
stun the Chainsaw Majini while the other serves as bait then the lure player
can rush into the Majini while it is stunned and get close and blast the
Chainsaw Majini in the head or body with a weapon until the weapon is fully
empty (don't reload) then perform a melee attack. The player with the rifle
should stay far away and view the battle through the sniper scope then shoot
the Chainsaw Majini in the head again when he recovers. The other player can
reload right after a melee attack or, better yet, perform a quick inventory
reload by combining the ammo with the machine gun during the melee attack
animation. The player with the rifle can also rush in and perform the
character's own melee attack after the other player's but you'll have to
quickly gain some distance again.
A lure player should try to keep an eye on the rifle player's backside and
quickly blast any Majini that try to sneak up behind him since he'll be
performing precision aiming while the Majini appear around the building area. A
rifle player should remain focused on stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a
headshot. It helps to move around a bit if you think some Majini might be
approaching your character from behind; all you really have to do is run
forward and bit when Majini start to appear behind the character then you'll
have time to perform a quick headshot. It's really best if the rifle player
reloads by combining the ammo with the rifle via the inventory menu during the
clip ejection animation in between shots.
--> SHOOT THE BARRELS
Lure the Chainsaw Majini toward one of the four red barrels found in between
the buildings and shoot the red barrel to cause an explosion that will stun him
if he is close. If he is not close enough then the blast will simply stagger
him for a few seconds. Be sure to stay far enough away from the red barrel so
your character doesn't get caught up in the blast. The red explosive barrels
have a much greater blast radius then you might expect so be careful if this
your first time to experiment with them.
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| If your partner happens to be standing next to a red barrel right when the |
| the Chainsaw Majini is about to hit that character with its chainsaw then |
| quickly aim toward the barrel and shoot it. It might damage your character |
| or it might not. Your character might throw up his/her arms in response to |
| the blast rendering them invincible for a few seconds or the blast might |
| hit that character and take away some health. Either way, it is better |
| than instant death. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> A MOST GRUESOME GAME OF TAG
Both characters will have to stay on the move throughout this entire battle.
You'll need to constantly look out for Majini that enter the area and you'll
really need to listen for the roar of the chainsaw. The Chainsaw Majini takes
quite a while to prepare his fatal chainsaw death blow, but when you're stuck
in a reloading animation, that fatal blow animation time could never go by any
faster! It kind of sounds like this: (A REVVING CHAINSAW BLADE MUFFLES OUT ALL
OTHER SOUNDS) TAG! GRINDING NOOOOOOOOOIIIIIIIIISSSSSSES- YOU'RE IT! (BODY
COLLAPSES IN FAILURE FOR BOTH PLAYERS TO SEE). His attack where he charges his
swing longer (and laughs) is not fatal but it will drain your character down
dying status if it connects.
The main path that you'll want to take during this fight is to move through the
alley in the back of the BG Production building then kick through (or if you
destroyed it) run through the doorway and then step through the building again
to reenter the area in front of it. You can keep circling this entire area in
this way to stay away from the Chainsaw Majini. You can also take the battle
upstairs to the second floor of the BG Production building where some objects
lie in the middle of the room; the objects can serve as a barrier while you
circle around this floor. Don't every try to meet up with Chainsaw Majini on
the staircase. It's also possible to take this fight back toward the beginning
of this stage if you so desire.
You really don't have to worry about getting hit by his chainsaw whenever your
character dashes next to him but he will most likely try to take a swing at
your character, so be quick! He has a long recovery time after each
unsuccessful slice so that time can be used to blast him.
Keep these tips in mind:
- An Incendiary Grenade will stun the Chainsaw Majini afterwards if he is
caught in the flames (he staggers)
- A Hand Grenade explosion will cause him to crouch down.
- Directly after a melee attack, depending on the landscape, your character can
toss a hand grenade directly at the ground while facing the Chainsaw Majini
as the Chainsaw Majini recovers and the grenade will go off and restun him.
This is a trap if you can keep this up - melee, grenade, melee, grenade, etc.
- If your partner is about to get hit with the chainsaw and there is a red
barrel nearby the partner, shoot the red barrel with your gun. Hey, at least
it will save them from instant death.
.---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
| Be very careful while healing your partner while your partner is close to |
| the Chainsaw Majini. A single heal at the wrong time will make the |
| characters stand together just long enough for the Chainsaw Majini to rev |
| up his blade and hit both characters. Try to quickly stun the Majini with |
| headshots if your partner is near him and in dying status or extremely low |
| in health then heal your partner quickly while the Chainsaw Majini is |
| stunned. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> MAXIMUM AGGRESSION METHOD
- RIFLE PLAYER
A player can take the Chainsaw Majini on solely with a rifle and have the
Chainsaw Majini dead in a few minutes if both the rifle player and the other
player work together. It's very risky since one missed headshot from close
range might just equal the rifle player's death but if you're aim is good then
there won't be any problems. Have the player without the rifle wait at the
bottom of the stairs then arm the rifle and move up the stairs to trigger the
fight.
When the battle begins, aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle scope
and blast him directly in the head to stun him. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini
enough to where the melee command button prompt for hitting will appear then
fire off at least two rifle blasts directly at any portion of his body. Cancel
the final blast into a melee attack then quickly pull up the inventory menu and
reload by combining the ammo with the rifle. Quick turn away then run down the
stairs just a bit then quick turn around and blast him in the head again.
Rinse and repeat this sequence and the Chainsaw Majini will fall very quickly.
It is possible to get in three full rifle blasts before ending the sequence of
shots with the melee attack but you have to perform the head stun shot very
close.
The entire sequence is a complete trap for as long as you can keep it up.
Sheva should stay at the bottom of the stairs and fight off the Majini that hop
into the area below. Keep them away from the stairs so Chris can focus on his
aiming.
- SHOTGUN PLAYER
Shotgun players can be just as aggressive with the shotgun while close. Simply
stun the Chainsaw Majini with two handgun shots or one well aimed shotgun blast
from close range then run up to him and fill him full of shotgun blasts then
melee attack him. Quickly reload through inventory then quick turn and run
away a bit then arm the handgun or shotgun and stun him again.
The rifle player can help out by stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a rifle shot
to head while he is at the bottom of the stairs. Be sure to watch for the
Majini that jump into the area from below however.
- COMBINING THE TWO AGGRESSION METHODS
If two players work together and combine both aggression methods then the
Chainsaw Majini will die extremely quickly. The main bad part about combining
both aggression methods is that the Majini below the stairs will eventually
move up the stairs and start attacking. You might be able to take down the
Chainsaw Majini before they make it up the stairs though.
For both character methods, a character should never melee attack the Chainsaw
Majini early or it will end the prolonged stun. Always survey the situation
below the stairs when quick turning with either character.
--> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE CHAINSAW MAJINI WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY
If you're going for the gunshot + melee cancel method that I mentioned above
and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off one
final shot along with a melee cancel. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini as he
staggers then perform a quick blast with either the rifle or a few shots from
the machine gun or handgun then cancel the final blast into a melee
immediately. With the shotgun, you can get off about a good 3-4 shots before
he recovers and still have a chance to melee attack him.
.------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
| Any of the above methods can be speeded up greatly by tossing hand grenades |
| at the Chainsaw Majini while he is stunned to intensify the damage done. |
| Remember that a single Incendiary Grenade will instantly stun him as he |
| burns in the fire. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> CHAINSAW MAJINI EXPLOITS
- If the transformer is on the ground and electrified, the Chainsaw Majini
might get stuck behind it to where he will continually run into it while trying
to get to your character. If this occurs, simple stand in place and shoot the
electric transformer every now and then to keep it electrified while you
chuckle at his stupidity.
- Lure the Chainsaw Majini onto the broken down bus by moving up either ramp
along the side of the bus then drop from the driver's side of the bus. While
the Chainsaw Majini drops from the bus, shoot him. You can keep luring him
onto the bus to make him drop again. This is some very valuable info for knife
runs since he can be slashed while he drops or steps up onto the bus.
- Lure the Chainsaw Majini back to the first building where Chris and Sheva can
perform the partner action that will hoist Sheva up to the building. The neat
thing about doing this is that the Majini will usually come after Sheva at this
point by climbing the ladder, so all she has to do is stand at the top and
slash them back down with the knife. The Chris player can focus on the
Chainsaw Majini at this point. Keep in mind that both characters are not
invincible during their ready poses for the partner action setup by they are
invincible once the hoisting command has begun. This will not work well in
single player mode since the AI partner will automatically fall down the ladder
to "help" the player. If you're performing a knife run through co-op play, try
this and get back to me on how well it went.
- Lure the Chainsaw Majini all the way back to the Slaughterhouse at the
beginning of the stage. Make him follow your character toward the window then
hop through the window. The Chainsaw Majini will refuse to climb through the
window and you can shoot him while he is on the other side. He will take the
long way around and choose to move through the blue door outside of the
Slaughterhouse. Simply hop back through the window when he gets close. You
can keep this loop up and he will he will always choose to move through the
blue door. It's good to destroy the wooden door in the Slaughterhouse while
doing this so you don't have to kick it open on your way back - the Chainsaw
Majini will destroy it himself if you don't however. This is also valuable
info for knife runs since he can be slash from the other side of the window.
- When your character hops through the window of the Slaughterhouse, the
chainsaw Majini will always run toward the blue door and his AI is bound and
determined to open that door, so you can follow him and blast him along the
way. He opens every door by hitting it with his chainsaw and he has some hefty
recovery time from doing this and you can get in a few good shots while he does
this. He will only turn after he has opened the door, so be ready to run
again. This is incredibly helpful for knife runs since he can be slashed quite
a bit before he turns after opening a door! Be forewarned that your character
should quick turn and run away early since the corridor with the blue door is
very narrow and the Chainsaw Majini will likely be in the way where your
character will not be able to run beside him.
- The Chainsaw Majini's chainsaw blade attack that opens a door CANNOT hit your
character much like the Executioner's gate-breaking swing in the Public
Assembly, so you can literally stand on the other side of door and blast him
the second he opens it as the chainsaw blade passes right through your
character while the door is opened.
Pick up the **GUARD'S KEY** from the Chainsaw Majini body once he falls. Some
of the other Majini might still be in the area; listen for the battle music to
tell if they are or not.
----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
[ ] Guard's Key - Defeat the Chainsaw Majini and he will drop this.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
| More commonly on difficulties such as Veteran or Professional, but |
| sometimes even randomly on normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini might get back |
| up after his "death" and begin swinging wildly while moving toward your |
| characters. He has little life left when he does this, but he is a walking |
| death machine that will easily kill off any character that get in his way |
| by sending them into dying status and finishing them off almost instantly |
| afterwards. |
| |
| If he does this, use the rifle, handgun or machine gun from long range to |
| quickly spam fire on him and kill him off again. You don't really have to |
| kill him; a character could easily pick up the key from his fallen body |
| unlock the door and both players can leave the area through the assist |
| command while he rages. |
| |
| He can be hit from the moment that he starts to rise, so a character can |
| begin to damage him right then. If this is your second playthrough then |
| placing a proximity bomb in his path will cause him to get stunned once he |
| moves over it and allow the characters to run up to him and easily finish |
| him off. |
| |
| NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk |
| mode. He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have |
| already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already |
| dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully |
| stands. There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste |
| them. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
| Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, the Majini left behind do not have |
| to be defeated. You could simply grab the key, then use it on the gate up |
| the stairs and then exit through the back gate. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + +
Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, move up the stairs to the east then run
around the corner at the top. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right along
the way to the gate.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - in front of the locked gate, to the right
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interact with the gate near the barrel once the Guard's Key has been obtained
from the Chainsaw Majini's body and the gate will be unlocked. Kick through
the gate then rush toward the --ITEM BOX-- ahead. Open the chest and pick up
the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++EMERALD (PEAR)++, ++TOPAZ
(PEAR)++ and ++3,000 GOLD++ from the item chest.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square), Sapphire (Square), Emerald (Pear)
|_________________| Topaz (Pear), 3000 Gold [all treasures = 1,000 gold each]
DETAILS: Inside the chest beyond the gate that requires
the Guard's Key.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] 3,000 Gold - Inside the item box.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step in front of the gate to the side and press the assist button to open the
gate and move onto the next area.
[CH215]
Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T R A I N Y A R D
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
This area is extremely short. Turn to the left then enter the small building
to the north. Shoot the crow nestled in the back of the building and it might
drop some extra gold. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the left while
inside the building.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Off to the left after stepping into the small building.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There are quite a few crows flying in the northeast. The smell of death is in
the area. Remember that the characters can shoot at the crows for extra gold
or just to say that you shot something in this chapter segment. Rush to the
gate to the north and both players should use the assist button to slide it
open.
.---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
| While standing in front of the open gate, notice all the red explosive |
| barrels and breakable stands in the open area up ahead. A player can |
| actually shoot the red explosive barrels from the gate. Is it useful? No. |
| Why the hell do it then? Because it's something else interesting to do in |
| this area besides kill crows, that's why. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Enter the next area and a cutscene will trigger. This cutscene requires a
button command from both players in order to survive the action that takes
place during it, so don't put down the controller.
In single player mode, you'll have to press the action commands for both
characters but in co-op mode, each player will be responsible for that player's
own character command inputs. The screen will display "Chris" when it is
Chris' turn while a Sheva player watches the action from that player's screen.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Chris)
Sequence: A Majini suddenly leaps into the air from behind a tree while on a
bike and flies toward the characters with a chain ready to hit them
but Chris turns to push Sheva out of the way.
Type: Single Button
Command: Dodge
-> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Sheva)
Sequence: As the Majini on the motorcycle drags Chris away while he is caught
on the chain, Sheva aims her guns carefully and fires at the chain to
break it and free Chris.
Type: Single Button
Command: Fire
-> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both)
Sequence: Two Majini on motorcycles drive straight toward the characters but as
the characters prepare to dodge.
Type: Two buttons
Command: Dodge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - - - - -
___ _ _ ____ ____ [CH22]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ \
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ __) |
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| / __/
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_____|
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 2-2 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 50+ | 35 | 20 | <19 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <22'00" | 27'00" | 32'00" | 32'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH221]
Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T R A I N S T A T I O N
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Recommended Weapons:
- Sniper Rifle (for distant Majini especially in the Mining Area)
- Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Majini combat)
- Shotgun (for crowds and boss enemy)
Be sure to examine the --TYPE 2 PLAGAS FILE-- on the table. It is rather
interesting for those familiar with Resident Evil 4. Turn around and pick up
the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the cabinet then take the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+10)++
from the back right lower shelf. Open the north door and step out into the
area with the train carts.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Type 2 Plagas File - On the table in front of the characters as the chapter
begins.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Turn around at the starting and pick this up from the cabinet.
[ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Lying on the back right bottom shelf.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Walk around the side of the train cart to the north and move in between the
train carts. There is a C4 tripwire at the other end of the train cart. Three
Adjules will step around the side of the left train cart and attack. Shoot the
C4 explosive right when the Adjules try to pass underneath it to instantly kill
some of them. Take out the shotgun to finish off the survivors. The Adjules
move up under the train carts, so back away from the train cart if they move
under one and allow them to move back out before attempting to shoot.
Move around the side of the left cart. There is another C4 tripwire up ahead.
Once a character moves close to the next C4 trap, three Adjules will attack
from behind, so perform a quick turn then fight them. Another Adjule will
eventually appear from the north to join in with the other three. You'll also
hear some Majini yell out from some unknown location. Look up. They are on
the train carts above and are armed with crossbows. Don't worry about them at
the moment though; take care of the Adjules first.
,------------------------------ GLITCH/FUN STUFF -----------------------------,
| While standing next to the steel beams off to the right after stepping away |
| from the area in between the two train carts, move toward the stack of |
| tires that are on top of the steel beams and face the tires at an angle so |
| that the "Climb up" command appears. Climb up onto the steel beams then, |
| if done correctly, your character will be able to move through the |
| background off to the left while standing on the steel beams. Your |
| character will have to return to the train station area to get out of the |
| background. |
| |
| Here's a video that shows this glitch: |
| |
| http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhjLVuwhJVs |
| |
| The exact location to activate the glitch can be seen more clearly at the |
| end of the video. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
There are a total of three Majini up on the train carts armed with crossbows.
You can either climb on top of the wood pieces at the north end of the middle
train cart and climb up to the train cart to take them on or a character with
rifle can climb on top of the stack of metal pieces to the northeast and get a
clear shot at all of them.
Move all the way around the east side of the carts then pick up the ++MACHINE
GUN AMMO (+30)++ lying in the middle portion of the blockade and grab the
++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure attached to the wooden fence to the right of the
blockade.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Walk around the side of the third train cart in
the east and you'll find this attached to the wooden fence
to the right of the wooden blockade on the other side.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - In the middle of the wooden blockade around the
side of the third train cart.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move back around the side of the train cart then step up onto the wooden pieces
at the north end of the middle cart. Grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ from the side
of the metal pieces off to the right when the characters reach the top of the
wooden piece stack then climb up onto the top of the middle train cart.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: While climbing the stack of wooden pieces to get
on top of the middle train cart, turn to the right and grab
this off the west side of the north metal piece stack.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
While on the middle train cart, hop over to the train cart on the right side
(west side). Arm a sniper rifle or you can simply look up and spot a --BSAA
EMBLEM (9/30)-- on the middle portion of the top part of the tower in the west.
Be sure to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ at the far south end of the current train
cart also.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #09
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the middle train cart then hop over
\________/ to the right (west) train cart. Look off to the west and find
the closest tower. The BSAA emblem is on the middle portion of
the top section of the tower. Use a sniper rifle or a handgun
to hit it.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] 400 Gold - At the south end of the top portion of the west train cart.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop over to the far east cart then move over to the ramp on the east side.
Shoot the C4 tripwire placed along the metal pieces up ahead the continue
forward. Turn to the left and step over to the northeast dropoff with the red
and white striped line. DO NOT DROP JUST YET!
Your character will fall and land on a rail cart then the rail cart will roll
through the tunnel ahead... the tunnel that is filled with two C4 tripwires.
Stand just a bit back from the red and white striped line then arm a sniper
rifle and look down into the tunnel then shoot the first C4 explosive. It's
possible to hit the first with a handgun or machine gun also. You can shoot
the second C4 explosive by running back to the mid portion of the ramp and
looking down into the tunnel. Look for the actual explosive portion that is
strapped to the right wall and fire at it to set it off. Look for the wire
below if needed then move around the ramp and try to find the explosive on the
right wall that is connected to it.
The first character that falls down will land in the cart below and roll down
the tunnel, so be prepared to target and shoot the second C4 explosive if it
wasn't hit earlier. Hop off the rail cart then run back to the west end of the
rail track. Collect the ++400 GOLD++ from off the wooden cart on the southeast
side. Rush back to the elevator that the cart rolled over to and use the
partner assist command to take the elevator down.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] 400 Gold - On the wooden cart at the west end of the rail track where one
character must ride a cart down the tunnel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH222]
Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T H E M I N E S
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the top of the wooden box up ahead. The GPS
radar map (minimap) is not available in this area.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - To the right of the lantern on top of a wooden box.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to see the path in front of your characters in this cave area, one
character must pick up the lantern on the cave floor ahead then the other
character must lead the way and protect the lantern carrier from enemies. In
single player, it is best for the player to order the AI partner to pick up the
lantern through the partner action (assist) button.
In single player, the AI partner will automatically aim the lantern in whatever
direction your weapon is aimed, so exploring is pretty easy; the AI will also
run if your character runs. Press the assist button a second time to make an
AI partner drop the lantern. Keep in mind that the lantern can be dropped by
equipping any weapon if you're the one holding it. A character can walk and
run with the lantern and also pick up items.
.--------------------------------------------------------------------.
| Lantern controls |
| |
| Assist Button = Partner Picks up/puts down lantern (single player) |
| Equip Weapon = Player puts down lantern. |
'--------------------------------------------------------------------'
After a character picks up the lantern, begin your journey into the dark tunnel
ahead. Try to stay together since the cave is pitch black without any light to
guide the way.
.-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
| Shoot the bats in the tunnel to kill them for possible gold pickups. They |
| will also appear under the Records menus as kills. Tossing a flash grenade |
| will kill them instantly if they are in the area. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
In the middle of the first curved turn in the cave there is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++
treasure that can be shot down from the ceiling. This item is absolutely
invisible on the cave ceiling so read the description below to find it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Move down the cave tunnel from the start of the
dark tunnel portion of the Mines and find the group of
three sandbags as the tunnel curves to the left. Keep
moving ahead and find a group of two sandbags that will be
off to the left as the cave tunnel turns to the right.
BEFORE stepping past the two sandbags, step away from them
a bit and then aim upward toward the cave ceiling behind it
so that your character is aiming at the cave ceiling in
between two planks. Watch for your character's laser
sighting to change to a circular dot while aiming at the
cave ceiling then shoot the invisible object and it will
fall. Pick it up to claim your reward. This treasure does
not glimmer and it is invisible while attached to the
ceiling.
Check out this youtube video by Big Kahoona 22 for a very
precise path and location for the Ruby (Pear):
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yKo789EAK-E
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Take a right at the cave split and pick up the ++RED HERB++ at the dead end.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Red Herb - Take a right at the first cave split and this will be at the
end.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return to the split in the cave and go left this time. Walk into the standing
water and prepare to shoot a Majini that attacks up ahead. The lead character
can actually arm the knife and slash the Majini since it will always run toward
your character. Keep in mind that any Majini fought in this area have a high
tendency to form a Cephalo from their head as they die. Use a flash grenade or
shoot at the head to finish it off if this happens. Shooting a Majini in the
leg and then rushing behind it for an instant kill melee attack will keep the
Majini from forming a Cephalo.
A Majini armed with a mining pick is further ahead. Look up real quick before
the Majini attacks and find the glowing red item on the wooden plank above then
shoot it and then collect this ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Shortly after moving out of the standing water,
and right as the Majini with the mining pick appears ahead,
aim upwards and shoot this off the wooden plank attached to
the ceiling.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Two Majini will attack at the split up ahead, one from the left and one from
the right. The Majini from the right will be closer, so finish him off first.
Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- off to the right
at the split.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the
barrels.
--> Definite Item: Flash Grenade
[ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the
barrels.
--> Definite Item: Flash Grenade
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn around and move across the standing water in the next tunnel. You'll
eventually come to a bridge. Stand in the center of the bridge then look off
to the right and shoot the --BSAA MEDAL (10/30)-- while looking up at the
waterfall. Look toward the other end of the bridge then aim upwards and shoot
the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ down the wall then collect it. Two Majini will attack from
the tunnel on the other side when the characters step near it. A third Majini
will join the other two eventually.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #10
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once the characters reach the bridge in the dark cave,
\________/ step to the middle of the bridge then turn right. Look up
toward the cave wall with the waterfall to notice the emblem
stuck to the cave wall.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: While standing near the middle of the bridge in
the dark cave, look toward the opposite side then look up
to find this treasure attached to the wall above the next
tunnel. Shoot it down then collect it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
You'll arrive at another path split shortly. Two more Majini will attack.
Move down the right path first of all then break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- and
the --WOODEN BARREL--. The wooden crate on the right contains a snake, so
shoot the crate with a handgun or machine gun then shoot the snake to avoid
taking damage. A character can also slash the crate real fast then slash the
snake inside, just make sure that your character is close enough to the crate.
The snake might leave behind an egg.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Near some boxes down the right path after stepping off the
bridge.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate (left) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping
off the bridge.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate (right) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping
off the bridge.
--> Enemy: Snake
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return to the left path then move along it. If you look to the left, you'll
notice some holes in the wall and there is a crate on the other side. We'll
get to those crates in a second. Continue ahead then break the --WOODEN
BARREL-- and collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Down the left path at the split after crossing the bridge.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on a wooden box next to the wooden barrel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move over to the side to where the paths meet then prepare to take on the
Majini with the mining pick further ahead. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--
that the Majini was standing in front of.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the
paths behind the bridge meet.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the
paths behind the bridge meet.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow the next tunnel and you'll come to a large rock formation in the middle
of the cave area ahead. Turn to the left and follow the slightly hidden path
to the left. Shoot the --WOOODEN CRATE-- on the table and kill the snake
inside then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and open the chest then collect the
++DIAMOND (OVAL)++ from the nearby chest.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Oval) [4,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: When both characters reach the rock formation
near the end of the dark cave, turn left and follow the
slightly hidden path then open the chest near the wooden
crate at the end.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - When you reach the large rock formation near the end of the
dark cave, turn to the left and move down the path to find this on a table
at the end.
--> Enemy: Snake
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Next to the wooden crate mentioned above.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return to the cave area outside the current tunnel then walk toward the light
in the tunnel up ahead. The character carrying the lantern can put it down now
by switching the current weapon or by equipping the knife. The AI partner will
automatically put down the lantern. You can either have Sheva rotate the
handle to the side or have Chris rotate it in order to open the gate up ahead.
Spin the thumbstick in a circular motion to rotate the handle. It is really
best for the actual player to spin this handle, since you'll have to fight
enemies on this side in a moment. Release the handle once the partner moves up
under the gate.
> > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < <
< < < < <
The character that stays behind should release the handle after the other
player moves under the gate. This player is going to have to deal with three
Majini as they attack from the dark cave behind the player. Fight them off to
buy time for the partner to lift the gate via the handle at the other end. The
moment the gate is lifted, haul ass under the gate since your partner will be
patiently spinning the thumbstick online while you fight the Majini.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
> > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < <
< < < < <
The character that moves under the gate will need to run toward the handle in
the cave up ahead then quickly spin the handle to open the gate for the other
player. Use the "Come on" command to signal that the gate is lifted since the
partner will be busy with three Majini behind the gate. Release the handle
when the player moves up under the gate and the Majini will remain trapped on
the other side.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
.------------------------------------ TIP 1 ----------------------------------.
| While the gate is raised for Partner 1, tapping the assist button with |
| Partner 1 will issue the "Go" command for that character. Tapping the |
| assist command for Partner 2 once that character raises the gate from the |
| other side will issue the "Come On" command. |
|------------------------------------ TIP 2 ----------------------------------|
| Both characters can stand on the opposite side of the gate and knife slash |
| any Majini trapped behind it then collect the dropped items by picking them |
| up through the gate (if they are nearby). |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Several Majini will appear during a cutscene once the characters step into the
tunnel. Two of the Majini on the floors above carry dynamite, which can make
this part frustrating if you don't react quickly and take them out fast. The
dynamite will kill off the Majini on the first floor, but they'll always toss
it near your location and there are very few safe places to go to take cover
from the dynamite other than a few tunnels.
One character should rush back into the tunnel very quickly and take out a
sniper rifle and quickly aim toward the left tunnel on the third floor above
then shoot the Majini with the dynamite. Look up on top of the middle platform
with the connecting bridge and find the second Majini with the dynamite then
shoot him with the rifle. There are Majini armed with crossbows on each of the
two side wooden platforms above the third floor, but they aren't as much of a
threat as the dynamite tossers since their crossbow bolts tend to miss if the
characters stay moving.
Once the Majini with the dynamite have been disposed of, pull out the shotgun
to deal with the Majini horde on the first floor. They will begin to fall from
the floors above and group around eventually. This is an excellent opportunity
to set up some tag team attacks from an arm stun with the other player or even
the AI partner. You can easily bounce more than one Majini to set them up for
a tag team melee.
There is a breakable --WOODEN CRATE-- on the wooden blocks to the side. Enter
the tunnel off to the left and collect the ++FLASH GRENADE++ near the rock
rubble inside. Climb the ladder to the second floor and break the two --WOODEN
BARRELS-- on the left side.
Stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor then look
toward the wheel above the middle platform. Find the shiny red piece on the
second circular metal piece to the right in the middle of the wheel then shoot
it to make the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ fall onto the middle platform for your
character to collect.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Once the characters reach the big open cave area
after the dark cave, climb to the second floor then stand
on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor
and aim up toward the wheel above the middle platform then
shoot this down from the center of the right circular metal
piece in the center of the side of the wheel.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Crate - On top of the wooden blocks when entering the big cave area.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Flash Grenade - On the ground near the rubble in the dead end tunnel to the
left after entering the big cave area. It's under the pile of skulls.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Climb the ladder on the right side of the second floor to reach the third floor
then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the characters and collect the
nearby ++GREEN HERB++. In the middle of the third floor, vault over the
railing of the middle platform then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- on it. Run to
the opposite side of the third floor and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the
stack of steel beams at the other end.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Right in front of the top of the ladder that leads to the
third floor.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Vault over the railing at the top center portion of the
third floor and this is on the platform behind the railing.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Crate - On a stack of steel beams on the far right side of the third
floor.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Near the barrel in front of the top of the ladder on the third
floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Facing the two entrances on the third floor, enter the tunnel on the left. Run
down the tunnel. A Majini will eventually fall in front of the characters and
try to toss dynamite, so blast him before he starts. Right after defeating
him, look up on the wall to the side of the alcove that he jumped from. This
wall is above the ceiling to the tunnel ahead. Aim up and shoot the ++RUBY
(SQUARE)++ down from the wall above then collect it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: After moving to the third floor in the big open
cave area after the dark cave, enter the tunnel on the
right side then fight off the Majini with dynamite that
falls from the overhead alcove. Aim upward towards the
wall directly ahead after finishing him then look up to see
this on the wall above the tunnel ahead. Shoot it down
then collect it.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Continue on ahead then take the path off to the left. A deadly combination of
long range Majini will be blocking the exit up ahead. If you have a hand
grenade then toss it at them and quickly step behind the nearby wooden wall.
You can also aim for the dynamite that the right Majini carries and blow them
all up with one shot if you're aiming is good. Break the --WOODEN BARREL--
that was in the back of them after the fight.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the three Majini that are met near the end of the
cave.
--> Random Item
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH223]
Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
M I N I N G A R E A
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Chris and Sheva will start outside the mine elevator. Move down the remainder
of the tunnel ahead then pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from near the boulders
off to the right and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ from the ground near the pipes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the ground near some boulders after exiting the
tunnel.
[ ] Green Herb - On the ground near some pipes after exiting the tunnel.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move up the stairs of the nearby building to trigger a cutscene.
-- CHECKPOINT
After the cutscene, Majini will appear outside the building to the west. One
of them will be using a stationary gatling gun. Check the left locker in the
set of lockers on the south side of the room and collect the ++DRAGONUV SVD
(RIF)++
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
H I D D E N W E A P O N
Weapon: Dragunov SVD (RIF)
Location: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
Details: After the first cutscene in this area, open the left locker in the set
of lockers on the south side of the room to find this inside.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
You can take cover behind the nearby window to the west. Walk toward the
window and press the action button to duck behind the metal wall below the
building. One character should take cover behind the window and equip a rifle;
take shots at the Majini behind the gatling gun during his gunfire breaks. The
other character should watch the partner's back since a few Majini will enter
the building from the first floor. I highly recommend using the S75 rifle
since the aiming is more precise at the moment. The Dragunov has an extremely
good rate of fire compared to the S75, but the character will hold the S75
steadier for near perfect headshots.
Once the first Majini manning the gatling gun is taken down, two more Majini
will try to run toward it, one right after the other, so stay put and kill them
all. There are Majini with crossbows on the side trailer and the side of the
mountain in the distance as well. Shoot them all. Don't worry as much about
the Majini that are armed with melee weapons; these Majini will run toward the
current building and try to move inside the building through the door on the
first floor.
Stay behind once the Majini have stopped their attack then zoom in on the very
ledge of the mountain ahead. Look closely and shoot the Majini with the
crossbow on the mountain and the Majini with the dynamite. The Majini with the
dynamite can be quite annoying while moving up the mountain, so go ahead and
limit their number by one right now.
There is a ++GREEN HERB++ near the railing of the stairs and some ++HANDGUN
BULLETS++ on cabinet near the top of the stairs. Be sure to check out the
--MESSAGE-- on the counter.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] Message - On the desk.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Green Herb - Near the railing of the stairs.
[ ] Handgun Bullets - On a cabinet near the top of the stairs.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Move down to the first floor via the staircase then exit the building through
the door on the north side. After exiting the building, arm the S75 rifle and
survey the entire mountain area ahead; if something moves, shoot it until it
doesn't move again or until Sheva comments on your well-aimed shot!
Move to the west. Climb up on top of the trailer and pick up the ++HAND
GRENADE++. Fall back off the trailer then move around the other end of the
trailer and climb the ladder on the side of the raised path to the southwest.
Open the chest off to the left and collect the ++DIAMOND (BRILLIANT)++ from
inside.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - In the back of the trailer outside the building.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Brilliant) [4,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after
picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a
sniper rifle, move around the left side of the trailer
ahead then climb the ladder along the raised area then
open the chest off to the left to collect this.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Move to the west along the northwest side along the current ledge then collect
the ++RED HERB++ from near the railing. Climb back down to the main mountain
trail and follow the trail to the west.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Red Herb - On the raised area with the chest, near the railing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can get up on the trailer with the gatling gun and fire off a few rounds if
you want. It doesn't hurt to get the feel of the controls of a stationary
weapon right now. There is no use for it at the moment though since it faces
the wrong way. So sad that Chris can't tear a mortar weapon off its hinges
like Jack Carver from Far Cry. I have a feeling that Mr. Redfield could if he
really tried though.
If you took my advice and shot the Majini on the mountain side then you won't
have to deal with any once you reach the ladder! If you didn't then one with a
crossbow will be above the ladder and another with dynamite will be tossing
down explosives at the characters.
Check the area and collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from around the side of the
metal container, the ++RIFLE AMMO++ from in front of the outhouse then look
directly up and to the right of the ladder and shoot the sparkling ++DIAMOND
(PEAR)++ from off the side of the mountain. Enter the side shack and grab the
++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after
picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a
sniper rifle, when you reach the first tall ladder, look up
on the side of the mountain and shoot this sparkling
treasure on the mountain wall to the right of the top
portion of the ladder.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - Around the side if of the metal container along the path
while approaching the tall ladder.
[ ] Rifle Ammo - In front of the outhouse door near the tall ladder.
[ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In the shack beside the tall ladder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
| Before climbing the ladder, find the outhouse to the side. Approach it for |
| a "?" command. Use the action button to initiate the hidden command (your |
| character will knock on the door). The assist button may also be pressed |
| to get your AI partner to knock. A Majini will open the door and step out |
| of the outhouse. This Majini may bust through the door whenever a |
| character tries to take the rifle ammo outside of it as well. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Climb the tall ladder. Turn to the left and look off toward the northeast.
While staring off the side of the mountain, find the first rooftop on the
building to the right of the one the characters exited from to spot a --BSAA
EMBLEM (11/30)-- on top.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #11
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking
\________/ off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle,
climb the tall ladder along the side of the mountain. Turn left
at the top of the mountain path then run to the left and look
toward the northeast buildings. This emblem is on the lower
rooftop of the building to the right of the building that the
characters exited from. It can be hit with a sniper rifle or a
well-aimed shot from any weapon. Come on and use the machine
gun my readers and show off those aiming skillz!
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- CHECKPOINT
Follow the current ledge to the north and drop from the ladder. While standing
on the first lower ledge, look off to the north and find the shimmering
++DIAMOND (SQUARE)++ on the side of the mountain wall near the short ladder up
ahead. Shoot it right now to knock it down and the Sheva player will be able to
collect it quickly on her way up the mountain.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
| [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Square) [2,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: This diamond is stuck on the wall to the left of
the short ladder that Sheva can be hoisted up to. Look on
the mountain wall then shoot it to make it fall. I highly
advise shooting this treasure from the ledge that the
characters fall to after dropping from the high ledge
before the cutscene since the Sheva player will not really
have time to aim for it with the dynamite Majini in the
area after the cutscene.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Drop down and move up the mountain trail to the north. A cutscene will play
eventually. There is a broken ladder where a partner action command can be
used below it to toss Sheva to the ledge above. This will help her to get up
above quicker than Chris. Both players should keep in mind that the best way
to take down a Majini with dynamite is to quickly shoot it before it tosses the
dynamite or run toward it a bit as it tosses dynamite then shoot it from mid
range. The dynamite can be shot to make the Majini explode instantly, but
watch out about doing this from too close or your character will get hit by the
explosion.
> > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
Sheva better damn well move quickly up that next ladder after Chris tosses her
up the broken ladder since Majini with dynamite will be tossing explosives at
her and Chris this entire time. If Sheva is hit with dynamite on the ledge
right above the broken ladder it might be enough to damage her so that she goes
into dying status and Chris will have a hard time trying to get to her, so
climb the ladder quick - the climbing animation will make Sheva invincible.
A Sheva player should ignore any Majini down the path to the right and move up
the path to her left. Sheva needs to make her way to the top and defeat any
Majini armed with dynamite that she sees.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
> > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < <
< < < < < < <
A Chris player should immediately run up the mountain trail to the north and
take down the Majini with the dynamite at the curve. Run up the mountain trail
and shoot any Majini that Sheva leaves behind. If any Majini start to throw
dynamite from further up the trail then ignore the rest of the Majini and move
up to the trail above to take them down.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Both character NEED to focus on any Majini with dynamite that drop or run into
the immediate area. There are tons of dynamite Majini at this part, so watch
for them and shoot them when they appear. Don't ever get too close to one
while shooting it or it will damage the characters with its explosive death due
to the dynamite. This is a good place to set up tag team attacks, but don't
get too cocky there or a dynamite Majini might ruin your fun!
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Like with a cocktail, it is possible to aim at the dynamite that a Majini |
| holds and shoot the dynamite to set it off and make the Majini explode. The |
| dynamite does not have to be lit in order to do this. A handgun can be |
| used to shoot the dynamite or a player may elect to shoot the dynamite with |
| a rifle for more a precise shot. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: Fireworks
Description: Shoot an enemy Molotov cocktail, dynamite stick, or hand grenade.
Details: If this trophy/achievement was not gotten by shooting the Majini's
cocktail in Shany Town, then try to shoot the dynamite in a Majini's hand while
it still holds the dynaite. It would be best to use the rifle to do this, but
a handgun can be used. At a distance, a player can usually get pinpoint aim
with the rifle for shooting the dynamite while a Majini holds it.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
Step over to the left side (west) side of the metal container on the ledge
ahead then both players should use the assist button prompt to push it out of
the way. Drop down to the ledge to the north below.
-- CHECKPOINT
Take the ++HAND GRENADE++, collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++SHOTGUN SHELLS
(+5)++ from the table off to the left and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal
crate.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal
crate.
--> Random Item
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Hand Grenade - Beside the mountain wall below the ledge with the metal
crate.
[ ] Green Herb - On the table below the ledge with the metal crate.
[ ] Shotgun Shells - On the table beside the green herb.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Before activating the cutscene that leads into the boss fight below, both |
| characters can stand on the side of the ledge and shoot all the wooden |
| barrels below. This will allow quicker access to the items during the |
| boss fight. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
A cutscene will trigger shortly after the characters drop from the north side
of the ledge.
+ + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + +
POPOKARIMU
----------
HP: 24,000
Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail
Recommended - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu)
Weapon(s): - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range)
- Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from
long range)
- Rifle (to blast the reddish portion of his tail while he flies)
- Flash Grenade (to instantly stun him when he flies)
Front Attacks
1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward.
2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings
its left arm forward. This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears.
Either the action button or run button will appear. Press both!
3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks. This will stun
whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will
not damage a character. This move will also put enough sound pressure on a
proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front of Popokarimu at that
time.
4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a
character. It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it
misses.
Back Attacks:
5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its
scorpion-like tail at the character.
6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky
greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits. A character must
struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a
partner assist knife attack.
Flying Attacks
7) Tail Strike - Popokarimu shrieks then quickly flies toward a character and
tries to hit the character with its tail as it dips downward while flying.
A button prompt dodge command will appear during this if your character is
in the way. Press both the action and the run button to avoid it.
Popokarimu will start the battle while he is in the air. He will descend
toward both character and land. He has some very hard armor over the majority
of his body but the back end of his tail has soft reddish skin that's just
begging for a few close range shotgun blasts!
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| While Popokarimu descends at the beginning of the battle, toss a flash |
| grenade at the ground underneath him to instantly knock him out of the air |
| and stun him. A flash grenade will instantly ground him and stun him any |
| time that he flies in the air. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--> AVOIDING HIS ATTACKS
A vast majority of Popokarimu's attacks can be avoided by constantly backing up
or stepping to the side. Back up to avoid his arm swing and tail swipe then
step to the side to avoid his lunge or sticky slime attack. You'll get a
button prompt command shortly before he races forward during his lunge attack.
The button will be either the action or run button, so press both of them to
make certain that you dodge it with a roll. From the front, it will perform
its arm swing, lunge and ground pound attacks and when it has its back to your
character it will perform its tail swing and sticky slime trap.
--> WHEN POPOKARIMU FLIES
Popokarimu will sometimes flap its wings and take to the air. It will only
perform one lunging attack over and over while it is flying above so it is even
more predictable at that time. The flying lunge attack will make a button
prompt command appear shortly before it hits your character, so press both the
action and run button at the same time to avoid its attack.
--> STEPPING INTO A SHACK
By entering one of the three nearby shacks, a character can escape from
Popokarimu for a short while, but he will eventually break down your shelter
with one of his physical attacks. Only enter a building to collect the items
inside or quickly heal since he will break down the building very shortly after
you enter it. Sometimes he hangs around the doorway for a bit however.
--> COLLECTING THE AREA ITEMS
Be sure to run around the area and collect many of the items in the barrels and
the shacks. You need to grab the proximity bombs since they will come in handy.
Two of them are in the west shack, two more are in the barrels to the south of
the west shack, one more is in the right barrel behind the west shack, and the
final bomb is inside the north shack for a total of six proximity bombs in the
area.
--> STUNNING POPOKARIMU
There are three ways to stun the creature with the weapons that the character
have available to them right now:
A) Grab one of the proximity bombs in the area then lay it down in its path
with the L1 button while the bomb is equipped. Simply stand and allow
Popokarimu to step over the bomb. The explosion from the bomb will knock it
over and stun it for a few seconds. It should be noted that Popokarimu's
shriek has the power to make a proximity bomb explode if it is laid out on
the ground in front of him when he performs his shriek.
B) Both characters can surround Popokarimu and the character in the back of him
can arm a damaging weapon such as a shotgun and blast it in the back of its
tail. After Popokarimu has received enough damage it will fall over and be
stunned for a few seconds.
C) When he flies in the air, take out a flash grenade and toss it underneath
him and Popokarimu will fall to the ground then roll over on his side.
--> WHILE POPOKARIMU IS STUNNED
Once the boss has been knocked over, arm your most powerful weapon (shotgun
most likely) then run over to the side with the exposed bottom portion of the
tail. Both characters should let loose on that weak point with nonstop
gunfire. Its first stun can easily be its last with two aggressive players or
one extremely aggressive shotgun user that reloads through the inventory
between gunshot animations with an Ithaca shotgun.
.------------------------------- WARNING/EXTRA -------------------------------.
| Popokarimu can knock a character off the side of the mountain if the |
| characters get too close to the edge. The character that falls will hang |
| onto the side of the ledge and a button tap command will appear. Tap the |
| button in order to have your character pull back up onto the ledge. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs
inside.
--> Definite Item: Proximity Mine
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs
inside.
--> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two
proximity bombs inside.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two
proximity bombs inside.
--> Proximity Bomb
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion).
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion).
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
--> Random Item
[ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
[ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack.
[ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack.
[ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the north shack.
[ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack.
[ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack.
[ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the east shack.
[ ] Flash Grenade - Inside the east shack.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + +
- - - - - -
___ _ _ ____ _____ [CH23]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ /
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ |_ \
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| ___) |
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |____/
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 2-3 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 40+ | 30 | 20 | <19 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <09'00" | 12'00" | 15'00" | 15'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH231]
Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S A V A N N A
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
This chapter is a full-fledge shooter. Both Chris and Sheva will have to
defend the jeep that is headed to the Marshlands along the way. Players will
have to do battle with Motorcycle Majini that toss weapons and cocktails and
then a few trucks will appear that will attempt to ram the jeep.
Gun Controls
Fire button = fire mounted weapon
Left analog = turn mounted weapon
NOTE: A glowing red dot on the screen will showcase your current aiming spot.
Chris = mounted machine gun (fast/full view/not as powerful/instant fire)
Sheva = mounted gatling gun (slow/limited view/powerful/slow startup due to
revolving chamber)
Sheva has a slightly limited view compared to Chris, a slower overall turning
speed, and her gun has a slow startup but her gatling gun is more powerful than
Chris' machine gun. To avoid the long chamber revolving animation with the
gatling gun, tap the fire button when no enemies are present to keep it
revolving.
Chris has a greater view thanks to his higher placement on the jeep, a faster
overall turning speed, and an instant fire from his gun, but his gun is not as
powerful as the gatling gun.
Keep in mind that both player's guns can overheat if they are continuously
fired, so always take breaks. The gun will build up heat as presented on the
circular gauge around the weapon icon; when the gauge begins to fill with red
then it is overheating. When a gun fully overheats, your character will not be
able to fire it for a few seconds. With Sheva's gatling gun having a slow
startup, a player will want to let go of the button and then tap it sparingly
to avoid having to go through the full startup animation each time the gun is
about to overheat. As long as the chamber is not firing then it will cool
down; it doesn't matter if it is spinning.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
Trophy/Achievement: Drive By
Description: Stop an armored truck by taking out the driver.
Details: Aim for the door of any armored truck that passes by the jeep and
shoot off the door with either character's mounted gun then shoot and kill the
driver inside the truck. The truck will crash after the drive has been killed
and this trophy/achievement will be earned. Restart the stage if you miss it
and try again. Even if the truck is flaming, the driver can still be shot all
up to the point when the truck explodes and stops.
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
--> ENEMY GROUP 1
The first group of enemies consist of several Motorcycle Majini. There's
really not too much of a strategy for this group other than shoot them all. If
they ever throw a weapon toward the jeep then shoot the weapon out of the air
to avoid taking damage.
After the first group is finished, a button tapping command will appear as the
driver makes a sudden sharp turn, so be sure to tap the on-screen button to
avoid taking damage. Both players must tap the button.
--> ENEMY GROUP 2
From this point onward, both players should work together to take down separate
teams of enemies. Chris players should focus on Motorcycle Majini thanks to
his greater view of the area below and Sheva players should focus on the trucks
that appear since her weapon is more powerful.
NOTE: In a single player game, the AI partner will usually follow the
strategies listed above.
.---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
| Once a truck begins to flame, don't continue to fire at it while it is |
| close to the jeep. Having it explode while next to the jeep will damage |
| the jeep. Wait until it moves away then finish it off with gunfire. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
- Wave 1
Captain Stone (Josh) will contact both Chris and Sheva over the radio as a
truck drives up from the right side of the back of the jeep. Sheva should
focus on the truck to the right while Chris turns his attention toward the
Motorcycle Majini that appear on the left side. Chris can shoot them faster
and he has a wider view of them as they appear from the side.
- Wave 2
Sheva should focus on shooting the Majini in the back of the truck then she
should shoot at the front half of the truck when it comes into view. After the
truck is at least flaming, both players should turn to the immediate left and
finish off any Motorcycle Majini that appear. They will start to appear from
the left side as they slow down and drive next to the jeep so concentrate fire
on them as the jeep begins to move by them.
Another scene will showcase yet another sharp turn where both players will have
to tap a button to sustain they're grip on the vehicle.
-- CHECKPOINT
--> ENEMY GROUP 3
- Wave 1
A truck will drive up from the left side, so Sheva should focus her aim to the
left and begin to fire at the truck. Chris should keep his eye on the right
side since some Motorcycle Majini will begin to appear as the jeep catches up
to them.
-Wave 2
Motorcycle Majini armed with cocktails will drive into view from the right
side. Both Chris and Sheva should focus on these Majini since they are the
only threat for the moment and are quite numerous. Try to shoot them all
before they toss a cocktail at the jeep.
-Wave 3
Majini will slow down then come into view on both sides of the jeep after the
second wave is finished. One player can take the left and one can take the
right for this wave, but really planning it out as such is really not needed
since they drive together in the middle of the road very shortly after
appearing.
Another sharp turn cutscene will play so be prepared to press the two buttons
that appear on the screen. The players have to press either two shoulder
buttons or two face buttons for this button prompt command.
--> ENEMY GROUP 4
- Wave 1
A truck will appear from the left and another truck will appear from the right
almost simultaneously, so each player should pick a truck to focus on. Try to
take down the trucks as quickly as possible by shooting the front portion or
possibly the driver inside of the truck (shoot off the door). Immediately
after finishing off a truck, both players should turn their attention toward
the middle road as Motorcycle Majini begin to drive into view. A few
straggling Majini may appear from the back of the road. Blast them all to end
this wave.
-- CHECKPOINT
- Wave 2
The truck will stop and then suddenly turn as the viewpoint of a roadblock with
a truck and several Majini are showcased to both players. Chris players should
focus fire on the Majini while a Sheva player shoots the red barrels
surrounding the truck in the back. There are three sets of red barrels
altogether.
-- CHECKPOINT
--> ENEMY GROUP 5
- Wave 1
The jeep will drive over a bridge. Once the bridge is passed both players
should focus their aim to the right. A truck will drive up from the right side
and try to ram the jeep off the side of the cliff to the left. Both players
should focus on taking down the Majini in the back and then focus on shooting
the front end of the truck. Once the truck is destroyed a cutscene will play
eventually.
- Wave 2
Motorcycle Majini will drive up from the right side, so both players should
focus fire to the right. The scene will eventually end during the middle of
the action as a cutscene activates.
.--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
| The jeep's life bar will fully recharge before the next battle, so any |
| damage that it has been received before this portion of the chapter ends |
| will not carry over to the next battle. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
[CH232]
Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T H E P O R T ( N I G H T )
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+ + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + +
NDESU
-----
HP: 8,000 (Small Plagas)
HP: 26,000 (Large Plagas)
Weak Points: - Head (makes him move back from the jeep to showcase plaga)
- Multiple Small Plaga (make him showcase large plagas)
- Large Plagas (ultimate weak point)
NOTE: In this battle, especially on higher difficulties, a Chris player should
focus aim on the Majini armed with a cocktails that appears in the doorway to
the left and the two Majini armed with crossbows that appear to the right (one
on the high platform and one below). There is a single red barrel that is near
both crossbow Majini that can be shot to take them out instantly. Save this
for when Ndesu is right up against the jeep or toward the end of the battle.
NOTE 2: The right analog can zoom the camera in and out by holding up and down
respectively while shooting with either character. The right analog can be
used for zooming with any control type.
Knowing Ndesu's attacks and learning how to avoid them is the absolute most
important part of this battle.
Close attacks:
1) Foot Stomp - Ndesu raises his right foot into the air and tries to stomp the
truck.
Avoidance: Shoot his head to cancel the attack.
2) Right Hook - Ndesu raises his right arm to the side and tries to punch both
characters.
Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
3) Overhead Punch - Ndesu leans back and raises both arms then tries to smash
the jeep This takes some extreme damage.
Avoidance: Aim upward then fire at his head right as he prepares to smash
the vehicle. A few precise shots to his head will stagger him and cancel
the attack. It's best to aim up and to the right of his head, this way, the
shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle.
Distant Attacks:
4) Rock Toss - A cutscene will showcase Ndesu tearing up some of the ground as
he lifts a big boulder. He will lift it above his head then toss it toward
the characters. The boulder will roll toward the jeep.
Avoidance: Fire at the boulder while he holds it over his head then follow
it with fire as it rolls along the ground to break it just before it reaches
the jeep. The characters can also shoot a nearby red barrel to make him
drop the boulder, but I recommend saving the barrel for when he grabs a
wooden pole.
5) Ground Pound - Ndesu lifts both arms into the air and pounds the ground,
creating a slight earthquake.
Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
6) Ram - Ndesu leans his top half downward and charges a ram then he runs
toward the jeep head first.
Avoidance: Shoot him directly in his head to cancel this ram.
7) Pole Grab - Ndesu grabs a nearby wooden telephone pole from out of the
ground then walks toward the jeep with it. This is not an attack but it
leads into other close range attacks and the pole grab can be canceled.
Avoidance: If a red barrel is near Ndesu, fire at it and he will drop the
pole instantly when the blast hits him. The only time a character cannot
cancel this attack is when Ndesu pulls up a pole from the foreground of the
left side of the screen. Shooting the left barrel at that time will only
waste a barrel.
Pole Attacks:
8) Pole Swing - Ndesu holds the pole to his right side then swings it toward
the characters.
Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
9) Pole Smash - Ndesu lift both arms into the air while holding the pole then
tries to smash the jeep with the pole.
Avoidance: Aim upward as he prepares to smash the vehicle then fire at his
head to cancel the attack; just like with the overhead punch, precision fire
toward his head will cancel the attack. It's best to aim up and slightly to
the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he
smashes the vehicle.
--> DRIVE HIM AWAY FROM THE JEEP
Ndesu will move toward the jeep at the beginning of the battle and remain there
until he is driven away. The only way to make him back off is for both players
to continuously fire directly at his head. Both players need to stop firing
and focus on dodging his attacks whenever he readies one. Blast him enough in
the head and he will back off.
--> NDESU'S PLAGA
Ndesu will showcase his weak points as two plaga move out of his skin - one on
the left side of his chest and one on his right arm. Fire at them to damage
them and ultimately destroy them. Destroy the arm plagas first since it is
further away from his head. This will help when he moves close since you will
have to quickly aim to the right (his left) to blast his foot or quickly aim at
his head to cancel the foot stomp attack; the players will only have to
minimally adjust aiming with only the chest plagas left.
DO NOT fire at the red barrels when he backs off. The red barrels should only
be blasted to make him drop a weapon or to damage his plagas weak points when
he showcases them. It's always best to blast them to make him drop his weapons
for the most part.
While he is at a distance, keep aiming and firing at his plaga. A Chris player
should aim toward the left and shoot the Majini armed with cocktails in the
doorway and then aim to the right and shoot the two Majini with crossbows (top
platform and ground). The red barrel near them can be shot to take them both
down, but you want to save this for later in the battle really.
--> NDESU STEPS IN AGAIN
Ndesu will eventually move back toward the jeep. The characters will need to
switch aiming between his head and plaga at this point. Blasts to his head
will make him back off quicker while blasting his plaga will eventually make
him showcase his ultimate weak point and back off in the process.
--> THE MAJOR WEAK POINT
Once the two plaga are destroyed, Ndesu's ultimate weak point will be showcased
as he crouches down and a big plagas moves out of his back. Fire at the weak
point to damage it as much as you can before it goes back into his back.
--> FOUR PLAGA
Once Ndesu is knocked back from the jeep again after his big weak point has
been showcased once, four plaga will move out of his body. Destroy all four of
these plaga to make him showcase his big plagas once again. Fire at the big
plagas weak point and he will fall eventually. On Professional, the players
will sometimes have to repeat shooting his four plaga once again.
A cutscene will play afterward and the chapter will end once Ndesu is defeated!
+ + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + +
- - - - - -
___ _ _ _____ _ [CH31]
/ __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ / / |
/ / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |_ \ ___ | |
/ /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___|| |
\____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_|
|_|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--> Chapter 3-1 Ranking Table <--
.-----------------------------------------------------------.
| RANKS | S | A | B | C |
|===========================================================|
| ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| ENEMIES ROUTED | 30+ | 20 | 10 | <9 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| CLEAR TIME | <18'00" | 22'00" | 26'00" | 26'01"+|
'-----------------------------------------------------------'
< = less than or equal to + = greater than
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CH311]
Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
M A R S H L A N D S
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Recommended Weapons:
- Sniper Rifle (for BSAA medals and distant Majini)
- H&K MP5 (for tag team melee setup; for shield carriers [see tip below])
- Hand Grenades (for crocodiles; for crowds)
- Shotgun (for crowds)
.----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
| Be sure to bring the H&K MP5 machine gun with you to this chapter since the |
| characters will run into enemies carrying shields and the MP5's armor |
| piercing attribute will allow it to blast through a shield, even at the |
| default level. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Both characters will start on a wooden platform beside the boat. Walk up the
stairs then pick up the **BEAST SLATE** key item from the ground. Look over to
the left and find the goat skull handing on a pole behind a shield. Break the
goat skull and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++. Break the two --VASES-- on the
left side of the area as well. Approach the purple flowers on the right side
of the area then take the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ treasure that is stuck on the
fence above them. Examine the BSAA soldier corpse to read the --SCHEDULE
REPORT--.
----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
[ ] BSAA soldier corpse - Pinned to the ground with spears.
[ ] Schedule Report - Readable while examining the body of the BSAA soldier
corpse.
--------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
[ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase.
--> Random Item
[ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase.
--> Random Item
----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
[ ] Beast Slate - In the middle portion of the ground.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Break the goat skull hanging on the wooden pole
beside the shield on the left side of the area with the
Beast Slate and this treasure will fall to the ground.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
_________________ [ ]
(_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E
| T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
| [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
|_________________| DETAILS: Find the two purple flowers on the right side of
the area with the Beast Slate and collect this from the
fence above the flowers.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Return to the boat but don't get on just yet. Take out a sniper rifle and look
toward the north and you'll just barely be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM
(12/30)-- on the center of the pole out in the water. You have to have a
sniper rifle to see this one and hit it from this distance. You'll only see a
slight glimmer. Read the description below for more details.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
________ [ ]
/ \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #12
/ BSAA \
(------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
\ EMBLEM / DETAILS: In the area where the characters obtain the Beast Slate
\________/ at the beginning of the Marshlands, arm a sniper rifle while
standing behind the north railing of the nearby wooden dock
where the boat is then look to the north. Find the pole out in
the water up ahead with two overhead telephone wires connected
to it and look in the center of the pole to see a slight
glimmer. The slight glimmer is the BSAA emblem. A player can
only shoot it from this distance in single player mode. In a
co-op game, one character can drive the boat out to the pole
while the other character shoots the emblem from up close.
If you want to get it easily, press "Start" on a second player
controller and then have one character drive the other out to
the pole while on board the boat. The character on the front
can easily shoot it from the front of the boat with a handgun
while the boat is facing the north end of the pole. Just quit
the game afterwards if you don't want to continue playing two-
player and the medal will save on the main save file for
Resident Evil 5.
Another way to clearly see this is to bring a PSG-1 rifle with
your character with a level 2 upgraded scope. Simply aim then
look to the north pole with the cables attached to it while on
the dock and it will appear a bit bigger in the scope. It's
still small though and will require some pinpoint aiming even
with an upgraded scope. The PSG-1 r 